Chrysler Town and Country 2003 Owner's Manual

Table of Contents

Quick Links

Download this manual

1.0

INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

1.1

SYSTEM COVERAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

1.2

SIX-STEP TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

2.0

IDENTIFICATION OF SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

3.0

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND FUNCTIONAL OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

3.1

AIRBAG SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2

3.1.1

3.1.2

3.1.3

3.1.4

3.1.5

3.1.6

3.1.7

3.1.8

3.1.9

3.1.10 ACTIVE CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7

3.1.11

3.2

AUDIO SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7

3.2.1

3.2.2

3.3

BODY CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8

3.4

CHIME WARNING SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9

3.4.1

3.4.2

3.4.3

3.4.4

3.5

COMMUNICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11

3.6

DOOR AJAR SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12

3.7

EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

3.7.1

3.7.2

3.7.3

3.7.4

3.7.5

3.7.6

3.7.7

3.8

FRONT CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

3.8.1

3.8.2

3.8.3

3.9

HEATING & A/C SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16

3.9.1

3.9.1.1 SYSTEM AVAILABILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16

3.9.1.2 SYSTEM CONTROLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17

3.9.1.3 SYSTEM REVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17

3.9.1.4 SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18

3.9.2

3.9.2.1 SYSTEM AVAILABILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

3.9.2.2 SYSTEM CONTROLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

DRIVER AIRBAG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3

CLOCKSPRING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3

PASSENGER AIRBAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4

SEAT BELT TENSIONER (SBT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5

SEAT BELT SWITCHES (SBS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5

SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE (SIACM) . . . . . . . . . . . . .5

SEAT AIRBAGS (SAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6

DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6

SPECIAL TOOLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7

STORED CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7

REMOTE RADIO CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8

CD CHANGER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8

CHIME PRIORITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9

CHIME ON CONDITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10

WARNING LAMP ANNOUNCEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10

OTHER CHIME ON CONDITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10

HEADLAMP POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

HEADLAMP SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

PARK LAMP RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

FOG LAMP RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

FOG LAMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

EXTERIOR LIGHTING BATTERY SAVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

AUTO HEADLAMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

CONTROLLED POWER FEEDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14

RELAY CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15

ELECTRICAL INPUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16

AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (ATC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16

MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL (MTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

Table of Contents

Summary of Contents for Chrysler Town and Country 2003

Page 1: Table Of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION ............1 SYSTEM COVERAGE .
Page 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued 3.9.2.3 SYSTEM REVISIONS ........20 3.9.2.4 SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS .
Page 3 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued 3.18 POWER SLIDING DOOR SYSTEM ........34 3.18.1 POWER SLIDING DOOR .
Page 4 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND ......54 DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN ......56 DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT .
Page 5 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND .......154 SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN .
Page 6 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued FRONT IR SENSOR AND CONTROL HEAD MISMATCH (STORED)... . .199 FRONT IR SENSOR CHANGE TOO LARGE (STORED)..... . .199 FRONT IR SENSOR HIGH (STORED) .
Page 7 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued PASS BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE) ......237 PASS BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) ......238 PCI BUS SHORTED HIGH (ACTIVE) .
Page 8 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued CHIME *CHIME INOPERATIVE..........324 *KEY IN IGNITION AND DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN CHIME NOT OPERATING PROPERLY .
Page 9 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued *NO RESPONSE FROM POWER LIFTGATE MODULE ..... . .399 *NO RESPONSE FROM RADIO ......... .402 *NO RESPONSE FROM RIGHT SIACM .
Page 10 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued PARK LAMP OUTPUT 2 OPEN ......... . .479 PARK LAMP OUTPUT 2 SHORT TO BATTERY .
Page 11 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued REAR MODE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO IGN OR BATT - MTC ....515 RECIRC CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC ......515 RECIRC CIRCUIT SHORTED TO IGN OR BATT - MTC .
Page 12 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO B+ ......591 ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT 2 OPEN ........593 ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT 2 SHORT TO B+ .
Page 13 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued *SEAT BELT INDICATOR ALWAYS ON ........665 INTERIOR LIGHTING DOOR/LIFTGATE LAMP OUTPUT SHORT.
Page 14 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued *REPAIRING CMTC DISPLAYS DOUBLE DASH ( - - ) IN TEMP DISPLAY ..751 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLTAGE ..754 DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT .
Page 15 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued LOOPBACK TEST FAILURE ..........845 LOSS OF BCM MESSAGES .
Page 16 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued *POWER SLIDING DOOR INOPERATIVE ........930 POWER MIRROR FOLD MIRROR OUTPUT FAILURE (EXPORT ONLY) .
Page 17 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued FRONT WIPER SWITCH MUX INPUT OPEN....... .984 FRONT WIPER SWITCH MUX INPUT SHORT TO GROUND.
Page 18 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued 8.13.1 RKE/THATCHAM ALARM MODULE (EXPORT ONLY)...1022 8.13.2 RKE/THATCHAM ALARM MODULE CONNECTORS (EXPORT ONLY) ..........1023 8.13.3 VTSS SIREN (EXPORT ONLY) .
Page 19 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued C325 (MANUAL SLIDING DOOR) - (RIGHT MANUAL SLIDING DOOR SIDE) ..1041 C326 - (SAFETY SEAT SIDE) ......... . .1041 C326 - (SEAT SIDE) .
Page 20 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued ACCESSORY RELAY ..........1057 DEFOGGER RELAY .
Page 21 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued LOW NOTE HORN ........... .1071 MEMORY SEAT/MIRROR MODULE C1 .
Page 22 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued RIGHT REAR SPEAKER (LOWLINE) ........1086 RIGHT REAR SPEAKER (MIDLINE/HIGHLINE) .
Page 23 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued 10.10.3 DUAL-ZONE & THREE-ZONE (FRONT) MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM, LHD ....1115 10.10.4 DUAL-ZONE (FRONT) MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM, RHD.
Page 24 NOTES xxiv...
Page 25: Introduction
Vehicle Theft Security System (VTSS) • Windshield Wiper and Washer This diagnostic procedures manual covers all 2003 Chrysler Town and Country, Chrysler Voyager 3.0 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND and Caravan vehicles. This diagnostic procedures FUNCTIONAL OPERATION manual also covers both left hand drive (LHD) and right hand drive (RHD) vehicles.
Page 26: Airbag System
GENERAL INFORMATION modules receive all the information transmitted on the The ACM has an internal accelerometer that senses the rate of vehicle deceleration, which pro- bus even though a module may not require all infor- mation to perform its function. It will only respond to vides verification of the direction and severity of an messages “addressed”...
Page 27: Driver Airbag
GENERAL INFORMATION 3.1.1 DRIVER AIRBAG WARNING: THE DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE CONTAINS ARGON GAS PRESSURIZED TO The airbag protective trim cover is the most OVER 17236.89 Kpa (2500 PSI). DO NOT visible part of the driver side airbag system. The ATTEMPT DISMANTLE AIRBAG protective trim cover is fitted to the front of the...
Page 28: Passenger Airbag
GENERAL INFORMATION CAUTION: Deployed Front Air Bags may or may not have live pyrotechnic material within the air bag inflator. Do not dispose of 2003 Model Year Driver and Passenger Airbags unless you are sure of complete deployment. Please refer to the Hazardous Substance Control System for Proper Disposal.
Page 29: Seat Belt Tensioner (Sbt)
GENERAL INFORMATION CAUTION: Deployed Front Air Bags may or may not have live pyrotechnic material within the air bag inflator. Do not dispose of 2003 Mopar Year Driver and Passenger Airbags unless you are sure of complete deployment. Please refer to the Hazardous Substance Control System for Proper Disposal.
Page 30: Seat Airbags (Sab)
DISCONNECT AND ISOLATE THE BATTERY COMPONENTS ONLY WITH PARTS NEGATIVE (GROUND) CABLE. WAIT TWO SPECIFIED IN THE CHRYSLER MOPAR MINUTES FOR THE SYSTEM CAPACITOR TO PARTS CATALOG. SUBSTITUTE PARTS MAY DISCHARGE BEFORE FURTHER SYSTEM APPEAR INTERCHANGEABLE, SERVICE. THIS IS THE ONLY SURE WAY TO INTERNAL DIFFERENCES MAY RESULT IN DISABLE THE AIRBAG SYSTEM.
Page 31: Special Tools
GENERAL INFORMATION for the code is corrected. In certain test procedures time. However, the code currently may not be within this manual, diagnostic trouble codes are present as an active code, although another code used as a diagnostic tool. could be active. When a trouble code occurs, the airbag warning indicator illuminates for 12 seconds 3.1.9 SPECIAL TOOLS minimum (even if the problem existed for less than...
Page 32: Remote Radio Controls
GENERAL INFORMATION All the radios, except the RAS, are capable of The radio unit installed with your system pro- displaying faults and allowing certain actuation vides control over all features of the CD Changer tests through the use of the DRBIII . When at- with the exception of the CD load and eject func- tempting to perform PCI Bus diagnostics, the first tions, which are controlled by buttons located on the...
Page 33: Chime Warning System
GENERAL INFORMATION • Chime Driver (BCM) between vehicles or off the shelf. The BCM has internal diagnostic capability that assists in • Compass/Minitrip Support diagnosing the system. When an “Open” or a • Interior Lighting (Courtesy/Reading Lamps) “Short” circuit exists, the diagnostic tool can be •...
Page 34: Chime On Conditions
GENERAL INFORMATION 3.4.2 CHIME ON CONDITIONS Warning Lamp A chime will sound to alert the Announcement: driver to scan the instrument The following is a list of the chime warnings and panel and overhead console to when they will sound. see which warning lamp is illu- Driver’s Seat Sounds for approximately 6 2...
Page 35: Communication
GENERAL INFORMATION 3.5 COMMUNICATION The PCI Bus failure modes are broken down into two categories. Complete PCI Bus Communication Failure and individual module no response. Causes The Programmable Communication Interface or of a complete PCI Bus Communication Failure PCI Bus is a single wire multiplexed network capa- include a short to ground or battery on the PCI ble of supporting binary encoded messages shared circuit.
Page 36: Door Ajar System
GENERAL INFORMATION NOTE: For 2003 model year, some vehicles will integrate Transmission Control Module and Powertrain Control Module into a single control module. This new module is Next Generation Controller DaimlerChrysler and will be referred to as the Powertrain Control Module (PCM).
Page 37: Exterior Lighting System
GENERAL INFORMATION 3.7 EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM 3.7.6 EXTERIOR LIGHTING BATTERY SAVER 3.7.1 HEADLAMP POWER The BCM monitors the status of, and controls, the Park Lamps, Headlamps and Fog Lamp relays. If The Headlamp Switch is a direct input to the any exterior lamps are left ON after the ignition is BCM.
Page 38: Controlled Power Feeds
GENERAL INFORMATION • Electronic back light (EBL) run only relay EATX power The electronic automatic 4 speed transmission Electrical inputs: module is powered when the ignition switch is in • Headlamp battery supplies 1 & 2 the UNLOCK, RUN or START positions. This cir- •...
Page 39: Relay Controls
GENERAL INFORMATION comes through pin 47 of the FCM connector. The energized for 45 seconds then turn off. During this solenoid is controlled by the low side driver when time-out period, if the driver or passenger doors are the brake pedal is pressed. Both circuits are contin- opened, the relay will turn off immediately.
Page 40: Electrical Inputs
GENERAL INFORMATION allow the rear defrost to operate in the RUN posi- Battery IOD — 12 volt input on pin 20. The FCM tion. This circuit is electronically controlled and enters a low power consumption mode when the continuously monitored for malfunctions. ignition is turned OFF.
Page 41: System Controls
GENERAL INFORMATION CABIN HEATER, EXPORT WITH DIESEL ENGINE speed, the duty cycle increases to where the signal pattern is almost a flat line (with brief • A Cabin Heater is used in conjunction with the voltage spikes). ATC system. The Cabin Heater is designed to •...
Page 42: System Diagnostics
GENERAL INFORMATION CAUTION: Automatic Temperature Control CAUTION: Do not activate the A/C Cooldown (ATC) Modules with software versions 41 and Test with the engine off. Failure to follow 0A used in 2001 and 2002 RS/RG vehicles are these instructions may result in internal NOT compatible with software versions 13 damage to the DCHA Heater Module.
Page 43: Manual Temperature Control (Mtc)
GENERAL INFORMATION 3.9.2 MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL Module (FCM) over the PCI Bus when conditions are favorable for Cabin Heater operation. (MTC) • provides a blower relay on request to the Front Control Module (FCM) over the PCI Bus when CAUTION: Manual Temperature Control...
Page 44: System Revisions
GENERAL INFORMATION • one, two-wire electronic recirculation door actua- • will not run if ambient temperature is below tor. 12.7°C (55°F). • one rear, two-wire electronic blend door actuator. • will pass if the evaporator temperature drops 6.7°C (20°F) within two minutes of starting the •...
Page 45: Cabin Heater
GENERAL INFORMATION • 3.10 CABIN HEATER faults display on the DRBIII as test messages only after running the test. • faults will not display on the DRBIII as Diag- NOTE: The Cabin Heater, also known as the nostic Trouble Codes. Diesel Cabin Heater Assist (DCHA), will be When Performing the Actuator Circuit Test referred to as the DCHA throughout most of...
Page 46: Component Description And Operation
GENERAL INFORMATION 3.10.2.2 COMBUSTION AIR FAN CAUTION: Do not actuate the DCHA Field Mode Test with the engine off. Failure to The combustion air fan assembly includes the: follow these instructions may result in • combustion air fan internal damage to the DCHA Heater Module. •...
Page 47: Dosing Pump
GENERAL INFORMATION The temperature sensor senses the coolant tem- for Cabin Heater activation are favorable (see be- perature in the heat exchanger as an electrical low). The request carries the status bit that the resistance. This signal is sent to the control unit for FCM requires to activate its Cabin Heater Assist processing.
Page 48: Heating
GENERAL INFORMATION After 30 seconds, the fuel dosing pump begins For vehicle’s with a Automatic Temperature Control system, the DCHA will deactivate if the: operating and the combustion air fan operation is suspended for 3 seconds. Subsequently, the combus- • engine speed drops below 500 rpm.
Page 49: Instrument Cluster
GENERAL INFORMATION running this test. These messages will clear after For complete details of the Instrument Cluster, paging back out of this test. Therefore, it is impor- refer to the RS/RG Service Manual. tant to note all of the AC Cooldown test messages 3.11.1 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER SELF TEST before doing so.
Page 50: Interior Lighting Battery Saver
GENERAL INFORMATION closes. If the doors are closed and the ignition tion. To monitor the position of the motor, the switch is turned on, the illuminated entry also MSMM sends out a 5-volt reference on the sensor cancels. The illuminated entry feature will not supply circuit.
Page 51: Vehicle Information Display
GENERAL INFORMATION • and EVIC use a vacuum fluorescent (VF) display to TURN SIGNAL ON (with vehicle graphic) supply the vehicle operator with a compass head- • PERFORM SERVICE ing, outdoor temperature, average fuel economy, • DOOR OPEN (individual or multiple doors, with distance to empty, instantaneous fuel economy, trip graphic) odometer, elapsed ignition on time, distance to...
Page 52: Traveler Display Functions
GENERAL INFORMATION • Distance to Empty 3.14.2 TRAVELER DISPLAY FUNCTIONS • Instantaneous Fuel Economy Using the STEP button will change the CMTC/ • Trip Odometer EVIC between modes of operation and display the appropriate information according to data received • Time Elapsed from the PCI Bus.
Page 53: Compass Calibration
GENERAL INFORMATION • The CMTC/EVIC will display the variance zone The ignition switch must be in the On position stored in memory and the word VARIANCE. and the CMTC/EVIC display must not be blank. • Use the RESET button to select the proper vari- •...
Page 54: Ambient Temperature Sensor
GENERAL INFORMATION For the CMTC/EVIC: Depress the STEP or RE- AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR TEST SET button, or cycle the ignition switch and the 1. Turn the ignition OFF. CMTC/EVIC will return to normal operation. 2. Disconnect the ATS harness connector. For the C/T: Depress the C/T or US/M button, or 3.
Page 55: Training The Evic
GENERAL INFORMATION 3.14.9.1 TRAINING THE EVIC perform the HomeLink function. After the button is released, the module will display RETRAIN The EVIC can be trained to recognize the source TIRE SENSORS? NO . locations of the Sensor/Transmitter signals. The The training procedure can be stopped at any training procedure is given below: time by pressing the C/T, STEP, RESET, or MENU 1.
Page 56: System Faults
GENERAL INFORMATION 3.14.9.4 SYSTEM FAULTS • If none of the Sensor/Transmitters can be de- tected, refer to symptoms in the Tire Pressure There are two conditions that will cause a Tire Monitor section. Pressure Monitoring System fault to be set. All fault •...
Page 57: Door Lock Inhibit
GENERAL INFORMATION 3.15.1 DOOR LOCK INHIBIT The BCM will only allow programming mode to be entered when the ignition is in the on position, the When the key is in the ignition and in any PRNDL is in park position, and the VTSS (if position and either front door is open, the door lock equipped) is in the disarmed mode.
Page 58: Diagnostic Features
GENERAL INFORMATION During an open cycle, multiple liftgate activa- the PSDM, the module shall read all inputs, out- tions (RKE, overhead console, B pillar) are ignored puts and vehicle conditions to determine whether it until the liftgate reaches the full open position. shall open, close or inhibit the PSD operation.
Page 59: Vehicle Theft Security System
GENERAL INFORMATION mirrors and front wiper de-icer grid. In addition the Manual Override front wiper de-ice function is turned on when front The system will not arm if the doors are locked defog/defrost mode is selected. using the manual lock control or if the locks are When the defroster button is pushed, the HVAC actuated by an inside occupant after the doors are control sends a bus message over the PCI bus to the...
Page 60: Speed Sensitive Intermittent Wipe Mode
GENERAL INFORMATION Module (BCM). Upon receiving a wiper switch sig- 3.21.7 SPEED SENSITIVE INTERMITTENT nal, the BCM sends a PCI Bus message to the Front WIPE MODE Control Module (FCM). The FCM controls the ON/ OFF relay, the HIGH/LOW relay and the front and The delay setting of the rear wiper system is rear washer pump motors.
Page 61: Display Is Not Visible
GENERAL INFORMATION 3.25 DISPLAY IS NOT VISIBLE rings, watchbands or bracelets that might make an inadvertent electrical contact. Low temperatures will affect the visibility of the When diagnosing a body system problem, it is display. Adjust the contrast to compensate for this important to follow approved procedures where condition.
Page 62: Warnings
GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING: BEFORE ROAD TESTING A FUNCTION INPUT LIMIT VEHICLE, SURE THAT Temperature -58 - 1100°F COMPONENTS REASSEMBLED. -50 - 600°C DURING THE TEST DRIVE, DO NOT TRY TO READ THE DRBIII SCREEN WHILE IN * Ohms cannot be measured if voltage is present. Ohms can be measured only in a non-powered MOTION.
Page 63: General Information
GENERAL INFORMATION hall effect power sliding door HVAC heater ventilation, air conditioning PSDM power sliding door module integrated power module pulse width modulated lower drive unit Right Hand Drive left hand drive remote keyless entry mechanical instrument cluster receive manual temperature control seat airbag MSMM memory seat/mirror module...
Page 64 NOTES...
Page 65: Diagnostic Information And Procedures
DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION AND PROCEDURES...
Page 66: Airbag
AIRBAG Symptom List: ACCELEROMETER 1 ACCELEROMETER 2 INTERNAL 1 INTERNAL 2 OUTPUT DRIVER 1 OUTPUT DRIVER 2 STORED ENERGY FIRING 1 Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be INTERNAL MODULE TEST. When Monitored and Set Condition: ACCELEROMETER 1 When Monitored: With the ignition on, the module on board diagnostics continuously...
Page 67 AIRBAG ACCELEROMETER 1 — Continued STORED ENERGY FIRING 1 When Monitored: With the ignition on, the module on board diagnostics continuously performs internal circuit tests. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the module identifies an out of range internal circuit. POSSIBLE CAUSES AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE - ACM SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE...
Page 68: Airbag Warning Indicator Open
AIRBAG Symptom List: AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR OPEN AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR SHORT Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR TEST. When Monitored and Set Condition: AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR OPEN When Monitored: With ignition on the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for a message from the MIC containing the airbag warning indicator status.
Page 69 AIRBAG AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , ensure PCI Bus communications with the Instrument Cluster. Is the Instrument Cluster communicating on the PCI Bus? Yes → Go To 3 → Refer to category COMMUNICATION CATEGORY and select the related symptom NO RESPONSE or INSTRUMENT CLUSTER BUS +/- SIGNAL OPEN.
Page 70: Calibration Mismatch
AIRBAG Symptom: CALIBRATION MISMATCH When Monitored and Set Condition: CALIBRATION MISMATCH When Monitored: With ignition on, the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for the VIN message containing the body style. Note: The VIN message should match the vehicle VIN plate. Set Condition: If the Body style stored in ACM does not exactly match the vehicle body style indicated by the PCM for 2 consecutive VIN messages, then the fault shall be set.
Page 71 AIRBAG CALIBRATION MISMATCH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRB select ENGINE MISCELLANEOUS, select MISC FUNCTION, and then CHECK VIN to read the Vehicle Identification Number in the Powertrain Control Module. Compare the VIN displayed on the DRB screen and the Vehicle VIN plate. Does the VIN plate and the PCM VIN match? Yes →...
Page 72: Cluster Message Mismatch
AIRBAG Symptom: CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH When Monitored and Set Condition: CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH When Monitored: After the MIC bulb test is completed, the ACM compares the Lamp Request by ACM, On or Off, and the Lamp on by MIC, On or Off, PCI Bus messages. Each message is transmitted one time per second or when a change in the lamp state occur.
Page 73 AIRBAG CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII select PASSIVE RESTRAINTS, AIRBAG, MONITOR DISPLAY and WARNING LAMP STATUS. Cycle the ignition key and observe the LAMP ON BY MIC and LAMP REQ BY ACM monitors after the 6 to 8 second indicator test. Does the LAMP ON BY MIC and LAMP REQ BY ACM monitors match? Go To 4 Replace Mechanical Instrument Cluster.
Page 74: Driver Seat Belt Switch Circuit Open
AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored: With the ignition on the ACM monitors the Seat Belt Switch circuit for an open condition. Set Condition: The code will set if the ACM does not detect the correct circuit voltage. POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH OPEN DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUITS OPEN...
Page 75 AIRBAG DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the appropriate Load Tool Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector.
Page 76: Driver Seat Belt Switch Short To Battery
AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored: With the ignition on the ACM monitors the Seat Belt Buckle Switch circuit for an short to battery. Set Condition: The code will set if the ACM detects high circuit voltage.
Page 77 AIRBAG DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Page 78: Driver Seat Belt Switch Short To Ground
AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored: With the ignition on the ACM monitors the Seat Belt Buckle Switch circuit for a shorted together or shorted to ground condition. Set Condition: The code will set if the ACM detects low circuit voltage.
Page 79 AIRBAG DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the appropriate Load Tool Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector.
Page 80: Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Circuit Open
AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored: With the ignition on the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner circuits. Set Condition: The ACM has detected an open circuit or high resistance on the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner circuits.
Page 81 AIRBAG DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Load Tool from the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner connector. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module Connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Page 82: Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Circuit Short
AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored: With the ignition on the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner circuits Set Condition: The ACM has detected low resistance in the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner circuits.
Page 83 AIRBAG DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Load Tool from the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner connector. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Page 84: Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Short To Battery
AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored: With the ignition on the ACM monitors the voltage of the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner circuits. Set Condition: The ACM has detected high voltage on the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner circuits.
Page 85 AIRBAG DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Load Tool from the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner connector. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module Connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Page 86: Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Short To Ground
AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored: With the ignition on the ACM monitors the voltage of the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner circuits. Set Condition: When the ACM detects a short to ground in either Driver Seat Belt Tensioner circuits.
Page 87 AIRBAG DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Load Tool from the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner connector. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Page 88: Driver Squib 1 Circuit Open
AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: The ACM detects an open circuit or high resistance in the Driver Squib 1 circuits.
Page 89 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Driver Airbag Squib connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR...
Page 90 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
Page 91: Driver Squib 1 Circuit Short
AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: The ACM has detected low resistance on the Driver Squib 1 circuits. POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUITS SHORT...
Page 92 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Driver Airbag connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY.
Page 93 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
Page 94: Driver Squib 1 Short To Battery
AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the voltage of the Driver Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: The ACM has detected high voltage on the Driver Squib 1 circuits. POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY...
Page 95 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Driver Airbag Squib connector(s). WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY.
Page 96 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions.
Page 97: Driver Squib 1 Short To Ground
AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: When the ACM detects a short to ground in either Driver Squib 1 circuits. POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND...
Page 98 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Driver Airbag Squib connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR...
Page 99 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions.
Page 100: Driver Squib 2 Circuit Open
AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver Squib 2 circuits. Set Condition: The ACM detects an open circuit or high resistance in the Driver Squib 2 circuits.
Page 101 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Driver Airbag Squib connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR...
Page 102 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
Page 103: Driver Squib 2 Circuit Short
AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver Squib 2 circuits. Set Condition: The ACM detects low resistance on the Driver Squib 2 circuits. POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT...
Page 104 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Driver Airbag connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY.
Page 105 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
Page 106: Driver Squib 2 Short To Battery
AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the voltage of the Driver Squib 2 circuits. Set Condition: The ACM detects high voltage on the Driver Squib 2 circuits. POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY...
Page 107 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Driver Airbag connector(s). WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY.
Page 108 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions.
Page 109: Driver Squib 2 Short To Ground
AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver Squib 2 circuits. Set Condition: The ACM detects a short to ground in either Driver Squib 2 circuits. POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND...
Page 110 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Driver Airbag connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR...
Page 111 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions.
Page 112: Interrogate Left Siacm
AIRBAG Symptom: INTERROGATE LEFT SIACM When Monitored and Set Condition: INTERROGATE LEFT SIACM When Monitored: With ignition on, the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for a Left SIACM status message containing the airbag warning lamp ON or OFF request. The status message is sent to the ACM once each second or upon any change in the active DTCs.
Page 113 AIRBAG INTERROGATE LEFT SIACM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions.
Page 114: Interrogate Right Siacm
AIRBAG Symptom: INTERROGATE RIGHT SIACM When Monitored and Set Condition: INTERROGATE RIGHT SIACM When Monitored: With ignition on, the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for a Right SIACM status message containing the airbag warning indicator On or OFF request. The status message is sent to the ACM once each second or upon any change in the active DTCs.
Page 115 AIRBAG INTERROGATE RIGHT SIACM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions.
Page 116: Loss Of Ignition Run - Start
AIRBAG Symptom List: LOSS OF IGNITION RUN - START ORC RUN - START DRIVER OPEN ORC RUN - START DRIVER OVER CURRENT ORC RUN - START DRIVER OVER TEMP ORC RUN - START DRIVER OVER VOLT ORC RUN - START DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND SIACM RUN - START DRIVER OPEN SIACM RUN - START DRIVER OVER CURRENT SIACM RUN - START DRIVER OVER TEMP...
Page 117 AIRBAG LOSS OF IGNITION RUN - START — Continued ORC RUN - START DRIVER OVER TEMP When Monitored: The FCM uses a microprocessor controlled transistor (high side driver) to supply power to the ORC. The microprocessor monitors the high side driver (HSD) internal temperature when the ignition is in the Run or Start position.
Page 118 AIRBAG LOSS OF IGNITION RUN - START — Continued SIACM RUN - START DRIVER OVER VOLT When Monitored: The FCM uses a microprocessor controlled transistor (high side driver) to supply power to the SIACM circuit. The microprocessor monitors the battery voltage when the ignition is in the run or start position.
Page 119 AIRBAG LOSS OF IGNITION RUN - START — Continued POSSIBLE CAUSES FCM, RUN - START OVER VOLTAGE RIGHT SIACM, SIACM RUN - START CIRCUIT SHORT SIACM RUN - START CIRCUIT SHORT STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Ensure the battery is fully charged.
Page 120 AIRBAG LOSS OF IGNITION RUN - START — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Select the FCM active RUN - START DTC displayed on the DRB. 1. ORC RUN-START DRIVER OPEN Go To 4 2. ORC RUN-START DRIVER OVER VOLTAGE Go To 15 3.
Page 121 AIRBAG LOSS OF IGNITION RUN - START — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Front Control Module. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Measure the resistance of the ORC Run - Start Driver circuit between the Front Control Module connector and the ACM Adapter.
Page 122 AIRBAG LOSS OF IGNITION RUN - START — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector.
Page 123 AIRBAG LOSS OF IGNITION RUN - START — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. WARNING: IF THE SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. Disconnect the Right Side Impact Airbag Control Module.
Page 124 AIRBAG LOSS OF IGNITION RUN - START — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Gain access to the connectors on the bottom of the IPM. Disconnect the IPM C7 connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Measure the resistance of the SIACM Run - Start Driver circuit between the IPM C7 connector and the Right SIACM connectors.
Page 125 AIRBAG LOSS OF IGNITION RUN - START — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: IF THE SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. Disconnect the Right Side Impact Airbag Control Module. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Measure the resistance of the SIACM Run - Start Driver circuit between the FCM connector and ground.
Page 126: Loss Of Ignition Run Only
AIRBAG Symptom List: LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER OPEN ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER OVER CURRENT ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER OVER TEMP ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER OVER VOLT ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be RUN ONLY CIRCUIT TEST.
Page 127 AIRBAG LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY — Continued ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER OVER VOLT When Monitored: The FCM uses a microprocessor controlled transistor (high side driver) to supply power to the ORC. The microprocessor monitors the high side driver (HSD) battery voltage when the ignition is in the Run position.
Page 128 AIRBAG LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Ensure the battery is fully charged. Turn the ignition on. NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM. SELECT ONE: ACM - ACTIVE DTC Go To 2...
Page 129 AIRBAG LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. WARNING: IF THE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
Page 130 AIRBAG LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Front Control Module. Measure the resistance of the ORC Run Only Driver circuit between the Front Control Module connector and ground. Is the resistance below 500K ohms? Yes →...
Page 131 AIRBAG LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
Page 132: Module Not Configured For Sab
AIRBAG Symptom: MODULE NOT CONFIGURED FOR SAB When Monitored and Set Condition: MODULE NOT CONFIGURED FOR SAB When Monitored: With ignition on, the ORC monitors the PCI Bus for a message containing an A in the 4 th position of the VIN. This character identifies the type of safety equipment and should match the VIN.
Page 133 AIRBAG MODULE NOT CONFIGURED FOR SAB — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRB read the Vehicle Identification Number in the Powertrain Control Module. Compare the VIN displayed on the DRB screen and the Vehicle VIN plate. Does the VIN plate and the PCM VIN match? Yes →...
Page 134: No Cluster Message
AIRBAG Symptom: NO CLUSTER MESSAGE When Monitored and Set Condition: NO CLUSTER MESSAGE When Monitored: With ignition on, the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for a message from the MIC containing the airbag warning indicator status. The MIC transmits the message one time at ignition on, lamp state change, or in response to the ACM message.
Page 135 AIRBAG NO CLUSTER MESSAGE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Page 136: No Left Siacm Message
AIRBAG Symptom: NO LEFT SIACM MESSAGE When Monitored and Set Condition: NO LEFT SIACM MESSAGE When Monitored: With ignition on, the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for the Left Side Impact Airbag Control Module status message. The Left SIACM transmits the status message to the ACM at 1 - second intervals.
Page 137 AIRBAG NO LEFT SIACM MESSAGE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
Page 138: No Odometer Message
AIRBAG Symptom: NO ODOMETER MESSAGE When Monitored and Set Condition: NO ODOMETER MESSAGE When Monitored: With ignition on, the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for the Odometer message from the Body Control Module. The PCM transmits the odometer message at 1 second intervals.
Page 139 AIRBAG NO ODOMETER MESSAGE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRB select ENGINE, MISCELLANEOUS, SELECT MISC FUNCTION, and then CHECK VIN to read the Vehicle Identification Number in the Powertrain Control Module. Compare the VIN displayed on the DRB screen and the Vehicle VIN plate. Does the VIN plate and the PCM VIN match? Yes →...
Page 140: No Pci Transmission
AIRBAG Symptom: NO PCI TRANSMISSION When Monitored and Set Condition: NO PCI TRANSMISSION When Monitored: With the ignition on and the module transmitting information on the PCI BUS. Set Condition: The code will set if the onboard diagnostic cannot detect the module transmitting information on the PCI BUS for 4 consecutive seconds.
Page 141 AIRBAG NO PCI TRANSMISSION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged. IF THE MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. Turn the ignition on. From the list below, select the appropriate module and DTC type for the this diagnostic trouble code.
Page 142 AIRBAG NO PCI TRANSMISSION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
Page 143: No Pcm Message
AIRBAG Symptom: NO PCM MESSAGE When Monitored and Set Condition: NO PCM MESSAGE When Monitored: With ignition on, the Side Impact Airbag Control Module monitors the PCI Bus for the PCM VIN message. Set Condition: If the Side Impact Airbag Control Module fails to see the PCM message on the PCI Bus for 15 seconds the code will set.
Page 144 AIRBAG NO PCM MESSAGE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRB select ENGINE, MISCELLANEOUS, SELECT MISC FUNCTION, and then CHECK VIN to read the Vehicle Identification Number in the Powertrain Control Module. Compare the VIN displayed on the DRB screen and the Vehicle VIN plate. Does the VIN plate and the PCM VIN match? Yes →...
Page 145: No Right Siacm Message
AIRBAG Symptom: NO RIGHT SIACM MESSAGE When Monitored and Set Condition: NO RIGHT SIACM MESSAGE When Monitored: With ignition on, the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for the Right Side Impact Airbag Control Module status message. The Right SIACM transmits the status message to the ACM at 1 - second intervals.
Page 146 AIRBAG NO RIGHT SIACM MESSAGE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions.
Page 147: Passenger Seat Belt Switch Circuit Open
AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored: The ACM monitors the Seat Belt Buckle Switch circuit for an open condition. Set Condition: The code will set if the ACM does not detect the correct circuit voltage. POSSIBLE CAUSES PASSENGER SBS OPEN PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUITS OPEN...
Page 148 AIRBAG PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the appropriate Load Tool Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector.
Page 149: Passenger Seat Belt Switch Short To Battery
AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored: The ACM monitors the Seat Belt Buckle Switch circuit for an short to battery. Set Condition: The code will set if the ACM detects high circuit voltage. POSSIBLE CAUSES PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUITS SHORTED TO BATTERY PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO BATTERY...
Page 150 AIRBAG PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Page 151: Passenger Seat Belt Switch Short To Ground
AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored: The ACM monitors the Seat Belt Buckle Switch circuit for a shorted together or shorted to ground condition. Set Condition: The code will set if the ACM detects low circuit voltage.
Page 152 AIRBAG PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Measure the resistance between the Driver SBS Line 1 and line 2 circuit at the Passenger SBS connector.
Page 153: Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Circuit Open
AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner circuits. Set Condition: When the ACM detects an open circuit or high resistance in the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner circuits.
Page 154 AIRBAG PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger SBT connector. Disconnect the Airbag control Module connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Page 155: Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Circuit Short
AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance between the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner circuits. Set Condition: When the ACM detects low resistance in the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner circuits.
Page 156 AIRBAG PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner connector. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Page 157: Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Short To Battery
AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored: When the ignition is on, the ACM monitors the voltage of the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner circuits. Set Condition: When the ACM detects voltage on the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner circuits.
Page 158 AIRBAG PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner connector. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module Connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Page 159: Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Short To Ground
AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner circuits. Set Condition: When the ACM detects a short to ground in either Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner circuits.
Page 160 AIRBAG PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner connector. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module Connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Page 161: Passenger Squib 1 Circuit Open
AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Passenger Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: When the ACM detects an open circuit or high resistance on the Passenger Squib 1 circuits.
Page 162 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Passenger Airbag connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY.
Page 163 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
Page 164: Passenger Squib 1 Circuit Short
AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance between the Passenger Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: When the ACM detects low resistance in the Passenger Squib 1 circuits. POSSIBLE CAUSES PAB SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT PAB SQUIB 1 LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2...
Page 165 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger Airbag connector(s). Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Page 166: Passenger Squib 1 Short To Battery
AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the voltage on the Passenger Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: When the ACM detects voltage on the Passenger Squib 1 circuits. POSSIBLE CAUSES PAB SQUIB 1 CIRCUITS SHORT TO BATTERY PAB SQUIB 1 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO BATTERY...
Page 167 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger Airbag connector(s). Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Page 168: Passenger Squib 1 Short To Ground
AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Passenger Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: When the ACM detects a short to ground in either Passenger Squib 1 circuits.
Page 169 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Passenger Airbag connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR...
Page 170 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions.
Page 171: Passenger Squib 2 Circuit Open
AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Passenger Squib 2 circuits. Set Condition: When the ACM detects an open circuit or high resistance on the Passenger Squib 2 circuits.
Page 172 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Passenger Airbag connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY.
Page 173 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
Page 174: Passenger Squib 2 Circuit Short
AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance between the Passenger Squib 2 circuits. Set Condition: When the ACM detects low resistance in the Passenger Squib 2 circuits. POSSIBLE CAUSES PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2...
Page 175 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger Airbag connector(s). Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Page 176: Passenger Squib 2 Short To Battery
AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the voltage of the Passenger Squib 2 circuits. Set Condition: When the ACM detects voltage on the Passenger Squib 2 circuits. POSSIBLE CAUSES PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO BATTERY...
Page 177 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger Airbag connector(s). Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Page 178: Passenger Squib 2 Short To Ground
AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Passenger Squib 2 circuits. Set Condition: When the ACM detects a short to ground in either Passenger Squib 2 circuits.
Page 179 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Passenger Airbag connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR...
Page 180 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions.
Page 181: Seat Squib Circuit Open
AIRBAG Symptom: SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored: With the ignition on, the SIACM monitors the resistance of the Seat Squib circuits. Set Condition: When the SIACM detects an open circuit or high resistance on the Seat Squib circuits.
Page 182 AIRBAG SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Seat Airbag connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED SEAT BACK PAD- DED SIDE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY.
Page 183 AIRBAG SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
Page 184: Seat Squib Circuit Short
AIRBAG Symptom: SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored: With the ignition on, the SIACM monitors the resistance between the Seat Squib circuits. Set Condition: When the SIACM detects a low resistance between the Seat Squib circuits.
Page 185 AIRBAG SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Seat Airbag connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean repair as necessary. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED SEAT BACK PAD- DED SIDE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY.
Page 186 AIRBAG SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
Page 187: Seat Squib Short To Battery
AIRBAG Symptom: SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored: With the ignition on, the SIACM monitors the voltage of the Seat Squib circuits. Set Condition: When the SIACM detects voltage on the Seat Squib circuits. POSSIBLE CAUSES SEAT AIRBAG SHORT TO BATTERY SEAT SQUIB LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORTED TO BATTERY...
Page 188 AIRBAG SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Seat Airbag connector. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED SEAT BACK PAD- DED SIDE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY.
Page 189 AIRBAG SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
Page 190: Seat Squib Short To Ground
AIRBAG Symptom: SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored: With the ignition on, the SIACM monitors the resistance of the Seat Squib circuits. Set Condition: When the SIACM detects low resistance in the Seat Squib circuits. POSSIBLE CAUSES SEAT AIRBAG SHORT TO GROUND SEAT SQUIB LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORTED TO GROUND...
Page 191 AIRBAG SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Seat Airbag connector. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED SEAT BACK PAD- DED SIDE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY.
Page 192 AIRBAG SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
Page 193: Vehicle Body Style Unknown
AIRBAG Symptom: VEHICLE BODY STYLE UNKNOWN When Monitored and Set Condition: VEHICLE BODY STYLE UNKNOWN When Monitored: When the ignition is on, the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for the VIN message containing the vehicle body style from the Powertrain Control Module. The PCM transmits the VIN message every 14 seconds.
Page 194 AIRBAG VEHICLE BODY STYLE UNKNOWN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRB select ENGINE, MISCELLANEOUS, SELECT MISC FUNCTION, and then CHECK VIN to read the Vehicle Identification Number in the Powertrain Control Module. Compare the VIN displayed on the DRB screen and the Vehicle VIN plate. Does the VIN plate and the PCM VIN match? Yes →...
Page 195: Airbag Indicator On Without Active Trouble Codes
AIRBAG Symptom: *AIRBAG INDICATOR ON WITHOUT ACTIVE TROUBLE CODES POSSIBLE CAUSES AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR ON WITHOUT ACTIVE TROUBLE CODES INSTRUMENT CLUSTER PROBLEMS TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. Turn the ignition on. Make sure that all active DTC’s have been repaired before performing this procedure. With the DRBIII select the PASSIVE RESTRAINTS, AIRBAG, MONITOR DIS- PLAY and read the WARNING LAMP STATES.
Page 196: All Outputs Short
AUDIO Symptom: ALL OUTPUTS SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: ALL OUTPUTS SHORT When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: The radio has sensed a short on the output for more than 10 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES DETERMINE FAULT FRONT SHORTED SPEAKER REAR SHORTED SPEAKER...
Page 197 AUDIO ALL OUTPUTS SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. NOTE: Perform this procedure after disconnecting each front speaker connector. Disconnect each front speaker harness connector one at a time. Turn the ignition on. Turn the radio on. With the DRBIII , erase the audio DTCs.
Page 198 AUDIO ALL OUTPUTS SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect each front and rear speaker harness connector. Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and each speaker (-) circuit. Is the resistance below 1000.0 (1K) ohms? Yes →...
Page 199: Cassette Player Inop
AUDIO Symptom List: CASSETTE PLAYER INOP CD MECHANICAL FAILURE REAR TRANSMITTER FAILURE *AM/FM SWITCH INOPERATIVE *ANY STATION PRESET SWITCH INOPERATIVE *BALANCE INOPERATIVE *CD EJECT SWITCH INOPERATIVE *EQUALIZER INOPERATIVE *FADER INOPERATIVE *FF/RW SWITCH INOPERATIVE *HOUR/MINUTE SWITCHES INOPERATIVE *PAUSE/PLAY SWITCH INOPERATIVE *PWR SWITCH INOPERATIVE *SCAN SWITCH INOPERATIVE *SEEK SWITCH INOPERATIVE *SET SWITCH INOPERATIVE...
Page 200 AUDIO CASSETTE PLAYER INOP — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: If a DTC is set, erase the DTC and attempt to reset the DTC. If DTC resets, follow this test. This is an internal radio failure. View repair Repair Replace the Radio. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 201: Cd Changer Mechanical Failure
AUDIO Symptom: CD CHANGER MECHANICAL FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: CD CHANGER MECHANICAL FAILURE When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition and CD Changer turned on. Set Condition: The code will set if the CD Changer detects a mechanical failure. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERNAL FAILURE TEST...
Page 202: Cd Changer Read Failure
AUDIO Symptom: CD CHANGER READ FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: CD CHANGER READ FAILURE When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition and CD Changer turned on. Set Condition: The code will set if a CD that is not formatted as a music CD is installed in the CD Changer.
Page 203: Cd Changer Temperature High
AUDIO Symptom: CD CHANGER TEMPERATURE HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: CD CHANGER TEMPERATURE HIGH When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition and CD Changer turned on. Set Condition: The code will set if the temperature inside the CD Changer is above +65° C (+145°...
Page 204: Cd Play Failure
AUDIO Symptom: CD PLAY FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: CD PLAY FAILURE When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition and the radio CD player turned on. Set Condition: The code will set if a CD that is not formatted as a music CD or is scratched, dirty so the radio can not play the CD.
Page 205: Cd Read Failure
AUDIO Symptom: CD READ FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: CD READ FAILURE When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition and the radio CD player turned on. Set Condition: The code will set if a CD that is not formatted as a music CD is installed in the radio CD player.
Page 206: Cd Temperature High
AUDIO Symptom: CD TEMPERATURE HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: CD TEMPERATURE HIGH When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition and the radio CD player turned on. Set Condition: The code will set if the temperature inside the radio CD player is above +70°...
Page 207: Low Voltage Level
AUDIO Symptom: LOW VOLTAGE LEVEL When Monitored and Set Condition: LOW VOLTAGE LEVEL When Monitored: Set Condition: The radio detects lower than normal voltage. POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK CHARGING SYSTEM CHECK VOLTAGE LEVEL AT RADIO RADIO TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Check the charging system in accordance with the service information. Is the charging system operating properly? Yes →...
Page 208: Nbs Output 1 Open
AUDIO Symptom List: NBS OUTPUT 1 OPEN NBS OUTPUT 2 OPEN Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be NBS OUTPUT 1 OPEN. When Monitored and Set Condition: NBS OUTPUT 1 OPEN When Monitored: Continuously.
Page 209 AUDIO NBS OUTPUT 1 OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Install a substitute relay in place of the NBS Relay. With the DRB, erase DTCs. Turn the ignition on. Turn the Radio on. With the DRB, read DTCs. Did these DTCs reset? Yes →...
Page 210: Nbs Output 1 Short To Batt
AUDIO Symptom List: NBS OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO BATT NBS OUTPUT 2 SHORT TO BATT Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be NBS OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO BATT. When Monitored and Set Condition: NBS OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO BATT When Monitored: With the ignition on and the Radio on.
Page 211 AUDIO NBS OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO BATT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Install a substitute relay in place of the NBS Relay. With the DRB, erase DTCs. Turn the ignition on. Turn the Radio on. With the DRB, read DTCs. Did these DTCs reset? Yes →...
Page 212: No Antenna Connection
AUDIO Symptom: NO ANTENNA CONNECTION When Monitored and Set Condition: NO ANTENNA CONNECTION When Monitored: With the ignition on and the radio in seek up/down mode. Set Condition: With the radio in seek or scan mode for two minutes and the radio does not detect an antenna connection or does not receive a radio station signal.
Page 213: Power Amp Shutdown
AUDIO Symptom: POWER AMP SHUTDOWN When Monitored and Set Condition: POWER AMP SHUTDOWN When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: The radio has sensed a short on the output for more than 10 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES DETERMINE FAULT FRONT SHORTED SPEAKER REAR SHORTED SPEAKER...
Page 214 AUDIO POWER AMP SHUTDOWN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. NOTE: Perform this procedure after disconnecting each front speaker connector. Disconnect each front speaker harness connector one at a time. Turn the ignition on. Turn the radio on. With the DRBIII , erase the audio DTCs.
Page 215 AUDIO POWER AMP SHUTDOWN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect each front and rear speaker harness connector. Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and each speaker (-) circuit. Is the resistance below 1000.0 (1K) ohms? Yes →...
Page 216: Remote Radio Switch Stuck
AUDIO Symptom: REMOTE RADIO SWITCH STUCK When Monitored and Set Condition: REMOTE RADIO SWITCH STUCK When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The code will set if the BCM detects a stuck switch or a short to ground on the Radio Control MUX circuit for more than 10 seconds.
Page 217 AUDIO REMOTE RADIO SWITCH STUCK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: Turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait 2 minutes before proceeding. CAUTION: Do not place an intact undeployed airbag module face down on a hard surface, the airbag module will propel into the air if accidently deployed.
Page 218 AUDIO REMOTE RADIO SWITCH STUCK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Clockspring C1 harness connector. Disconnect the BCM C5 harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Radio Control MUX circuit. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 219: Remote Radio Controls Inoperative
AUDIO Symptom: *REMOTE RADIO CONTROLS INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES OPEN RADIO CONTROL MUX CIRCUIT AT THE SWITCH OPEN RADIO CONTROL MUX RETURN CIRCUIT AT THE SWITCH REMOTE RADIO SWITCH BODY CONTROL MODULE - INTERNAL SHORT OPEN CLOCKSPRING OPEN RADIO CONTROL MUX CIRCUIT OPEN RADIO CONTROL MUX RETURN CIRCUIT BODY CONTROL MODULE - OPEN INTERNAL TEST...
Page 220 AUDIO *REMOTE RADIO CONTROLS INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Clockspring C1 harness connector. Disconnect the BCM C5 harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Radio Control MUX circuit between the BCM connector and the Clockspring connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 221 AUDIO *REMOTE RADIO CONTROLS INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: Turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait 2 minutes before proceeding. CAUTION: Do not place an intact undeployed airbag module face down on a hard surface, the airbag module will propel into the air if accidently deployed.
Page 222: Ac Pressure Too High (Active)
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom: AC PRESSURE TOO HIGH (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: AC PRESSURE TOO HIGH (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Also monitored during the Cooldown Test. Set Condition: This DTC is set if the ATC reads the A/C Pressure Sensor value and it is above 250 A/D counts.
Page 223: Ac Pressure Too High (Stored)
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom List: AC PRESSURE TOO HIGH (STORED) DRIVER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED) DRIVER BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (STORED) DRIVER BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (STORED) EVAP TEMP SENSOR OPEN (STORED) EVAP TEMP SENSOR SHORTED (STORED) FRONT IR SENSOR AND CONTROL HEAD MISMATCH (STORED) FRONT IR SENSOR CHANGE TOO LARGE (STORED) FRONT IR SENSOR HIGH (STORED)
Page 224 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL AC PRESSURE TOO HIGH (STORED) — Continued AC PRESSURE TOO HIGH (STORED) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Also monitored during the Cooldown Test. Set Condition: This DTC is set if the ATC reads the A/C Pressure Sensor value and it is above 250 A/D counts.
Page 225 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL AC PRESSURE TOO HIGH (STORED) — Continued FRONT IR SENSOR HIGH (STORED) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC is set if the ATC reads the Front IR Sensor value and it is above 250 A/D counts.
Page 226 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL AC PRESSURE TOO HIGH (STORED) — Continued PASS BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (STORED) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC is set when the ATC monitors the travel range during system initialization and the measured range is greater than expected.
Page 227 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL AC PRESSURE TOO HIGH (STORED) — Continued REAR KEYBOARD FAULT (STORED) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC will set if there is an internal fault in the ATC head. REAR MODE DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed.
Page 228 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL AC PRESSURE TOO HIGH (STORED) — Continued RECIRC DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (STORED) When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC is set when the ATC monitors the travel range during system initialization and the measured range is less than expected.
Page 229 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL AC PRESSURE TOO HIGH (STORED) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE THE DCHA IN AN ENCLOSED AREA SUCH AS A GARAGE THAT DOES NOT HAVE EXHAUST VENTILATION FACILI- TIES. ALWAYS VENT THE DCHA’s EXHAUST WHEN OPERATING THE DCHA.
Page 230: Cooldown Test Failed
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom: COOLDOWN TEST FAILED When Monitored and Set Condition: COOLDOWN TEST FAILED When Monitored: When executing the Cooldown Test. Set Condition: This DTC is set if the A/C system is unable to bring the evaporator temperature down 6.7°C (20°F) within two minutes. POSSIBLE CAUSES OTHER COOLDOWN TEST FAULT MESSAGES PRESENT ATC DTC(S) PRESENT...
Page 231 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL COOLDOWN TEST FAILED — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY CAUTION: The work area ambient temperature must be above 15.6°C (60°F) to test A/C system operation. Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , check the PCM/ECM for DTCs. Are any PCM/ECM DTCs present? Yes →...
Page 232: Driver Blend Door Not Responding (Active)
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom: DRIVER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC is set if the ATC does not receive feedback pulses within 5 seconds of the drive voltage being applied.
Page 233 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL DRIVER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Driver Blend Door Actuator harness connector. Disconnect the ATC C1 harness connector. Measure the resistance between the Driver Blend Door Driver (A) and (B) circuits. Is the resistance above 100k ohms? Yes →...
Page 234: Driver Blend Door Travel Too Large (Active)
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom: DRIVER BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC is set when the ATC monitors the travel range during system initialization and the measured range is greater than expected.
Page 235: Driver Blend Door Travel Too Small (Active)
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom: DRIVER BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC is set when the ATC monitors the travel range during system initialization and the measured range is less than expected.
Page 236 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL DRIVER BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Remove the Driver Blend Door Actuator. Rotate the blend door (door only). Note: This should rotate approximately 45 degrees from stop to stop. Does the blend door move smoothly in both directions? Yes →...
Page 237: Eeprom Checksum Error (Active)
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom: EEPROM CHECKSUM ERROR (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: EEPROM CHECKSUM ERROR (ACTIVE) When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed after a battery disconnect. Set Condition: This DTC is set if the calculated check sum does not match the stored value.
Page 238: Evap Temp Sensor Open (Active)
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom: EVAP TEMP SENSOR OPEN (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: EVAP TEMP SENSOR OPEN (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Also, during the Cooldown Test. Set Condition: This DTC is displayed if the ATC detects an abnormally high voltage on the evaporator temperature sensor signal.
Page 239 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL EVAP TEMP SENSOR OPEN (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the ATC C2 harness connector. Measure the resistance between the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit and the Rear Blower Motor Control circuit. Is the resistance below 10K ohms? Yes →...
Page 240 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL EVAP TEMP SENSOR OPEN (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the ATC C2 harness connector. Disconnect the in-line C202 harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Sensor Ground circuit between the ATC C2 harness connector and the in-line C202 harness connector.
Page 241: Evap Temp Sensor Shorted (Active)
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom: EVAP TEMP SENSOR SHORTED (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: EVAP TEMP SENSOR SHORTED (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Also, during the Cooldown Test. Set Condition: This DTC is displayed if the ATC detects an abnormally low voltage on the evaporator temperature sensor signal.
Page 242 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL EVAP TEMP SENSOR SHORTED (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the ATC C2 harness connector. Disconnect the in-line C202 harness connector. Measure the resistance between the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit and the Sensor Ground circuit (HVAC side). Is the resistance above 100k ohms? Yes →...
Page 243: Front And Rear Blower Output 1 Open
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom List: FRONT AND REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 1 OPEN FRONT AND REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 2 OPEN Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be FRONT AND REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 1 OPEN.
Page 244: Front And Rear Blower Output 1 Short To Batt
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom List: FRONT AND REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO BATT FRONT AND REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 2 SHORT TO BATT Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be FRONT AND REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO BATT.
Page 245: Front Ir Sensor And Control Head Mismatch (Active)
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom List: FRONT IR SENSOR AND CONTROL HEAD MISMATCH (ACTIVE) FRONT IR SENSOR CHANGE TOO LARGE (ACTIVE) FRONT IR SENSOR HIGH (ACTIVE) FRONT IR SENSOR LOW (ACTIVE) Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be FRONT IR SENSOR AND CONTROL HEAD MISMATCH (ACTIVE).
Page 246: Front Ir Sensor Not Calibrated (Active)
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom List: FRONT IR SENSOR NOT CALIBRATED (ACTIVE) FRONT KEYBOARD FAULT (ACTIVE) Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be FRONT IR SENSOR NOT CALIBRATED (ACTIVE). When Monitored and Set Condition: FRONT IR SENSOR NOT CALIBRATED (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed.
Page 247 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL FRONT IR SENSOR NOT CALIBRATED (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the ATC Remote Sensor harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the Protected Ignition circuit. Is the voltage above 10.0 volts? Yes →...
Page 248 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL FRONT IR SENSOR NOT CALIBRATED (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the ATC Remote Sensor harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Sensor Return circuit. Is the resistance below 10 ohms? Yes →...
Page 249 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL FRONT IR SENSOR NOT CALIBRATED (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the ATC Remote Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the ATC C3 harness connector. Measure the resistance of the KDB 2 Clock circuit. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 250 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL FRONT IR SENSOR NOT CALIBRATED (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the ATC Remote Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the ATC C3 harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Protected Ignition circuit. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 251: Front Keyboard Communication Fault (Active)
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom: FRONT KEYBOARD COMMUNICATION FAULT (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: FRONT KEYBOARD COMMUNICATION FAULT (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC will set if there is an internal fault in the ATC head. POSSIBLE CAUSES TEST ACTION...
Page 252: Front Mode Door Not Responding (Active)
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom: FRONT MODE DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: FRONT MODE DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC is set if the ATC does not receive feedback pulses within 5 seconds of the drive voltage being applied.
Page 253 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL FRONT MODE DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Mode Door Actuator harness connector. Disconnect the ATC C1 harness connector. Measure the resistance between the Mode Door Driver (B) circuit and the Mode Door Driver (A) circuit.
Page 254: Front Mode Door Travel Too Large (Active)
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom: FRONT MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: FRONT MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC is set when the ATC monitors the travel range during system initialization and the measured range is greater than expected.
Page 255: Front Mode Door Travel Too Small (Active)
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom: FRONT MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: FRONT MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC is set when the ATC monitors the travel range during system initialization and the measured range is less than expected.
Page 256 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom: INVALID CONDITIONS FOR COOLDOWN TEST, EVAP TEMPERA- TURE TOO LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: INVALID CONDITIONS FOR COOLDOWN TEST, EVAP TEMPERATURE TOO When Monitored: When executing the Cooldown Test. Set Condition: This message will be displayed if the A/C - Heater Control Module sees evaporator temperature below 12.7°C (55°F) when executing the Cooldown Test.
Page 257 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL INVALID CONDITIONS FOR COOLDOWN TEST, EVAP TEMPERATURE TOO LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY CAUTION: The work area ambient temperature must be above 15.6°C (60°F) to test A/C system operation. Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , check the PCM/ECM for DTCs. Are any DTCs present? Yes →...
Page 258 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL INVALID CONDITIONS FOR COOLDOWN TEST, EVAP TEMPERATURE TOO LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Ensure that the Evaporator Temperature Sensor harness connector is connected to the Evaporator Temperature Sensor. NOTE: Ensure the voltmeter leads meet the terminals in the connector and that there is good terminal to wire connection.
Page 259: Pass Blend Door Not Responding (Active)
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom: PASS BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: PASS BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC is set if the ATC does not receive feedback pulses within 5 seconds of the drive voltage being applied.
Page 260 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL PASS BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Passenger Blend Door Actuator harness connector. Disconnect the ATC C1 harness connector. Measure the resistance between the Passenger Blend Door Driver (A) and (B) circuits.
Page 261: Pass Blend Door Travel Too Large (Active)
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom: PASS BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: PASS BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC is set when the ATC monitors the travel range during system initialization and the measured range is greater than expected.
Page 262: Pass Blend Door Travel Too Small (Active)
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom: PASS BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: PASS BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC is set when the ATC monitors the travel range during system initialization and the measured range is less than expected.
Page 263 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL PASS BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Remove the Passenger Blend Door Actuator. Rotate the blend door (door only). Note: This should rotate approximately 45 degrees from stop to stop. Does the blend door move smoothly in both directions? Yes →...
Page 264: Pci Bus Shorted High (Active)
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom List: PCI BUS SHORTED HIGH (ACTIVE) PCI BUS SHORTED LOW (ACTIVE) Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be PCI BUS SHORTED HIGH (ACTIVE). When Monitored and Set Condition: PCI BUS SHORTED HIGH (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Page 265: Rear Blend Door Not Responding (Active)
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom: REAR BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: REAR BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC is set if the ATC does not receive feedback pulses within 5 seconds of the drive voltage being applied.
Page 266 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL REAR BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Rear Blend Door Actuator harness connector. Disconnect the ATC C1 harness connectors. Measure the resistance between the Rear Blend Door Driver (A) and (B) circuits. Is the resistance above 100k ohms? Yes →...
Page 267: Rear Blend Door Travel Too Large (Active)
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom: REAR BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: REAR BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC is set when the ATC monitors the travel range during system initialization and the measured range is greater than expected.
Page 268: Rear Blend Door Travel Too Small (Active)
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom: REAR BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: REAR BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC is set when the ATC monitors the travel range during system initialization and the measured range is less than expected.
Page 269: Rear Fan Pot Open (Active)
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom List: REAR FAN POT OPEN (ACTIVE) REAR FAN POT SHORTED (ACTIVE) REAR MODE POT OPEN (ACTIVE) REAR MODE POT SHORTED (ACTIVE) Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be REAR FAN POT OPEN (ACTIVE). When Monitored and Set Condition: REAR FAN POT OPEN (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed.
Page 270: Rear Keyboard Fault (Active)
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom: REAR KEYBOARD FAULT (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: REAR KEYBOARD FAULT (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC will set if there is an internal fault in the ATC head. POSSIBLE CAUSES IGNITION SWITCH (RUN) CIRCUIT OPEN KDB CLOCK CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE...
Page 271 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL REAR KEYBOARD FAULT (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Rear Automatic Temperature Control Switch harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the KDB Data circuit. Is the voltage above 10.0 volts? Yes →...
Page 272 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL REAR KEYBOARD FAULT (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Rear Automatic Temperature Control Switch harness connector. Disconnect the ATC C2 harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the KDB Clock circuit. Is the voltage above 1.0 volt? Yes →...
Page 273 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL REAR KEYBOARD FAULT (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Rear Automatic Temperature Control Switch harness connector. Disconnect the ATC C2 harness connector. Measure the resistance of the KDB Data circuit. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 274: Rear Mode Door Not Responding (Active)
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom: REAR MODE DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: REAR MODE DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC is set if the ATC does not receive feedback pulses within 5 seconds of the drive voltage being applied.
Page 275 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL REAR MODE DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the ATC C1 harness connector. Measure the resistance between the Rear Mode Door Driver (A) and (B) circuits. Is the resistance above 100k ohms? Yes →...
Page 276: Rear Mode Door Travel Too Large (Active)
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom: REAR MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: REAR MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC is set when the ATC monitors the travel range during system initialization and the measured range is greater than expected.
Page 277: Rear Mode Door Travel Too Small (Active)
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom: REAR MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: REAR MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC is set when the ATC monitors the travel range during system initialization and the measured range is less than expected.
Page 278: Recirc Door Not Responding (Active)
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom: RECIRC DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: RECIRC DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC is set when the ATC does not receive feedback pulses within 5 seconds of the drive voltage being applied.
Page 279 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL RECIRC DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Recirculation Door Actuator harness connector. Disconnect the ATC C1 harness connector. Measure the resistance between the Recirculation Door Driver (A) and (B) circuits. Is the resistance above 100k ohms? Yes →...
Page 280: Recirc Door Travel Too Large (Active)
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom: RECIRC DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: RECIRC DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE) When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC is set when the ATC monitors the travel range during system initialization and the measured range is greater than expected.
Page 281: Recirc Door Travel Too Small (Active)
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom: RECIRC DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: RECIRC DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC is set when the ATC monitors the travel range during system initialization and the measured range is less than expected.
Page 282: Atc Head Led(S)/Back Lighting Inoperative
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom: *ATC HEAD LED(S)/BACK LIGHTING INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK FOR ATC DTCS CHECK FOR BCM DTCS ATC - LED(S) INOPERATIVE ATC - BACK LIGHTING INOPERATIVE PANEL LAMPS DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE - PANEL LAMPS DRIVER OPEN TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 283 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL *ATC HEAD LED(S)/BACK LIGHTING INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Rotate the Panel Lamps Dimmer switch to the off position. Disconnect the ATC C2 harness connector. Turn the park lamps on. Measure the voltage of the Panel Lamps Driver circuit while rotating the Panel Lamps Dimmer switch from the off position to the full brightness position.
Page 284: Front Blower Motor Inoperative
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom: *FRONT BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES FRONT CONTROL MODULE (FCM) DTC(S) PRESENT IPM FUSE #10 FUSED FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND BLOWER MOTOR SHORTED TO GROUND FRONT BLOWER POWER MODULE SHORTRD TO GROUND GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN...
Page 285 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL *FRONT BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Replace IPM Fuse #10. Turn the ignition on. Operate the blower motor in all speeds. Start the engine and operate the ATC system in all modes and speeds. Does the blower motor operate properly without blowing the fuse? Yes →...
Page 286 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL *FRONT BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Front Blower Power Module C1 harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Ground circuit. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 287 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL *FRONT BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Reconnect all previously disconnected components. Connect the DRBIII X10 Scope Probe CH7061 to Channel 1 on the DRBIII . Select the following from the DRBIII menu: PEP Module Tools; Lab Scope; Live Data;...
Page 288 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL *FRONT BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Front Blower Power Module C1 harness connector. Disconnect the Front Blower Power Module C2 harness connector. Connect a jumper wire between the Fused Front Blower Motor Relay Output circuit in the Front Blower Power Module C1 harness connector and the DB wire in the Front Blower Power Module C2 harness connector.
Page 289 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL *FRONT BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Make sure that the Front Blower Motor Relay is installed. Remove IPM Fuse #10. Turn the ignition on. NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery.
Page 290: Front Blower Runs At Only One Speed
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom: *FRONT BLOWER RUNS AT ONLY ONE SPEED POSSIBLE CAUSES BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE FRONT BLOWER POWER MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Front Blower Power Module C1 harness connector. Disconnect the Automatic Temperature Control Module C2 harness connector.
Page 291 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL *FRONT BLOWER RUNS AT ONLY ONE SPEED — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Reconnect all previously disconnected components. Connect the DRBIII X10 Scope Probe CH7061 to Channel 1 on the DRBIII . Select the following from the DRBIII menu: PEP Module Tools; Lab Scope; Live Data;...
Page 292: Hvac System Test
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom: *HVAC SYSTEM TEST POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE PCM/ECM, THE BCM, AND THE FCM CHECK FOR HVAC RELATED DTCS IN THE PCM/ECM CHECK FOR BCM DTCS CHECK FOR FCM DTCS CHECK FOR ACTIVE ATC DTCS CHECK FOR AC COOLDOWN TEST FAULT MESSAGES CHECK FOR HVAC RELATED DTCS IN THE PCM/ECM MANUAL A/C SYSTEM TEST...
Page 293 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL *HVAC SYSTEM TEST — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Active codes must be resolved before diagnosing stored codes. NOTE: Anytime a code becomes active proceed to the conclusion question. NOTE: If multiple codes appear, diagnose those that relate to a short circuit first.
Page 294 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL *HVAC SYSTEM TEST — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE THE DCHA IN AN ENCLOSED AREA SUCH AS A GARAGE THAT DOES NOT HAVE EXHAUST VENTILATION FACILI- TIES. ALWAYS VENT THE DCHA’s EXHAUST WHEN OPERATING THE DCHA.
Page 295 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL *HVAC SYSTEM TEST — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , read PCM/ECM DTC’s. Are any HVAC related DTCs present? Yes → Refer to the Powertrain Diagnostic Procedures Manual for the related symptom(s). Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. →...
Page 296: Rear Atc Switch Led(S)/Back Lighting Inoperative
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom: *REAR ATC SWITCH LED(S)/BACK LIGHTING INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK FOR ATC DTCS CHECK FOR BCM DTCS REAR ATC SWITCH - LED(S) INOPERATIVE REAR ATC SWITCH - BACK LIGHTING INOPERATIVE PANEL LAMPS DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE - PANEL LAMPS DRIVER OPEN TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 297 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL *REAR ATC SWITCH LED(S)/BACK LIGHTING INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Rotate the Panel Lamps Dimmer switch to the off position. Disconnect the Rear ATC Switch harness connector. Turn the park lamps on. Measure the voltage of the Panel Lamps Driver circuit while rotating the Panel Lamps Dimmer switch from the off position to the full brightness position.
Page 298: Rear Blower Motor Inoperative
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom: *REAR BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES FRONT CONTROL MODULE (FCM) DTC(S) PRESENT IPM FUSE #12 FUSED REAR BLOWER RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND BLOWER MOTOR SHORTED TO GROUND REAR BLOWER MOTOR POWER MODULE SHORTRD TO GROUND GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN REAR BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE REAR BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN...
Page 299 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL *REAR BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Replace IPM Fuse #12. Turn the ignition on. Operate the blower motor in all speeds. Start the engine and operate the ATC system in all modes and speeds. Does the blower motor operate properly without blowing the fuse? Yes →...
Page 300 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL *REAR BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Rear Blower Motor Power Module C1 harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Ground circuit. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 301 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL *REAR BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Reconnect all previously disconnected components. Connect the DRBIII X10 Scope Probe CH7061 to Channel 1 on the DRBIII . Select the following from the DRBIII menu: PEP Module Tools; Lab Scope; Live Data;...
Page 302 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL *REAR BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Rear Blower Motor Power Module C1 harness connector. Disconnect the Rear Blower Motor Power Module C2 harness connector. Connect a jumper wire between the Fused Rear Blower Relay Output circuit in the Rear Blower Motor Power Module C1 harness connector and the Power Feed circuit in the Rear Blower Motor Power Module C2 harness connector.
Page 303 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL *REAR BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Make sure that the Rear Blower Motor Relay is installed. Remove IPM Fuse #12. Turn the ignition on. NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery.
Page 304: Rear Blower Runs At Only One Speed
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Symptom: *REAR BLOWER RUNS AT ONLY ONE SPEED POSSIBLE CAUSES REAR BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE REAR BLOWER MOTOR POWER MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Rear Blower Motor Power Module C1 harness connector. Disconnect the Automatic Temperature Control Module C2 harness connector.
Page 305 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL *REAR BLOWER RUNS AT ONLY ONE SPEED — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Reconnect all previously disconnected components. Connect the DRBIII X10 Scope Probe CH7061 to Channel 1 on the DRBIII . Select the following from the DRBIII menu: PEP Module Tools; Lab Scope; Live Data;...
Page 306: Cabin Heater
CABIN HEATER Symptom List: A. CABIN HEATER PRE-TEST CABIN HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN (STORED) CABIN HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY (STORED) Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be A. CABIN HEATER PRE-TEST. When Monitored and Set Condition: CABIN HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN (STORED) When Monitored: When the DCHA system is off.
Page 307 CABIN HEATER A. CABIN HEATER PRE-TEST — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE THE DCHA IN AN ENCLOSED AREA SUCH AS A GARAGE THAT DOES NOT HAVE EXHAUST VENTILATION FACILI- TIES. ALWAYS VENT THE DCHA’s EXHAUST WHEN OPERATING THE DCHA.
Page 308 CABIN HEATER A. CABIN HEATER PRE-TEST — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE THE DCHA IN AN ENCLOSED AREA SUCH AS A GARAGE THAT DOES NOT HAVE EXHAUST VENTILATION FACILI- TIES. ALWAYS VENT THE DCHA’s EXHAUST WHEN OPERATING THE DCHA.
Page 309 CABIN HEATER A. CABIN HEATER PRE-TEST — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Is the symptom Cabin Heater inoperable from the ATC or from the MTC? Yes - MTC Refer to symptom *Cabin Heater Inoperable From A/C - Heater Module (MTC) in the Cabin Heater category. Perform CABIN HEATER VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 310: B1000 Control Unit Erroneous
CABIN HEATER Symptom: B1000 CONTROL UNIT ERRONEOUS When Monitored and Set Condition: B1000 CONTROL UNIT ERRONEOUS When Monitored: During DCHA activation. Set Condition: This DTC will set if a fault occurs with the DCHA Control Unit’s memory. POSSIBLE CAUSES DCHA CONTROL UNIT FAULT TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 311: B1800 No Start
CABIN HEATER Symptom List: B1800 NO START B1801 FLAME OUT: DURING HEATING CYCLE B1801 FLAME OUT: UNSTABLE OPERATION Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be B1800 NO START. When Monitored and Set Condition: B1800 NO START When Monitored: After DCHA activation.
Page 312 CABIN HEATER B1800 NO START — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE THE DCHA IN AN ENCLOSED AREA SUCH AS A GARAGE THAT DOES NOT HAVE EXHAUST VENTILATION FACILI- TIES. ALWAYS VENT THE DCHA’s EXHAUST WHEN OPERATING THE DCHA.
Page 313 CABIN HEATER B1800 NO START — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE THE DCHA IN AN ENCLOSED AREA SUCH AS A GARAGE THAT DOES NOT HAVE EXHAUST VENTILATION FACILI- TIES. ALWAYS VENT THE DCHA’s EXHAUST WHEN OPERATING THE DCHA.
Page 314 CABIN HEATER B1800 NO START — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE THE DCHA IN AN ENCLOSED AREA SUCH AS A GARAGE THAT DOES NOT HAVE EXHAUST VENTILATION FACILI- TIES. ALWAYS VENT THE DCHA’s EXHAUST WHEN OPERATING THE DCHA.
Page 315: B1802 Power Supply Out Of Range: Low Voltage Threshold
CABIN HEATER Symptom: B1802 POWER SUPPLY OUT OF RANGE: LOW VOLTAGE THRESH- When Monitored and Set Condition: B1802 POWER SUPPLY OUT OF RANGE: LOW VOLTAGE THRESHOLD When Monitored: With the engine running. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the DCHA’s power supply voltage drops below 10.0 volts for longer than 20 seconds.
Page 316 CABIN HEATER B1802 POWER SUPPLY OUT OF RANGE: LOW VOLTAGE THRESHOLD — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE THE DCHA IN AN ENCLOSED AREA SUCH AS A GARAGE THAT DOES NOT HAVE EXHAUST VENTILATION FACILI- TIES. ALWAYS VENT THE DCHA’s EXHAUST WHEN OPERATING THE DCHA.
Page 317 CABIN HEATER B1802 POWER SUPPLY OUT OF RANGE: LOW VOLTAGE THRESHOLD — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE THE DCHA IN AN ENCLOSED AREA SUCH AS A GARAGE THAT DOES NOT HAVE EXHAUST VENTILATION FACILI- TIES. ALWAYS VENT THE DCHA’s EXHAUST WHEN OPERATING THE DCHA.
Page 318: B1802 Power Supply Out Of Range: Voltage Above 15.5 Volts
CABIN HEATER Symptom: B1802 POWER SUPPLY OUT OF RANGE: VOLTAGE ABOVE 15.5 VOLTS When Monitored and Set Condition: B1802 POWER SUPPLY OUT OF RANGE: VOLTAGE ABOVE 15.5 VOLTS When Monitored: With the engine running. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the DCHA’s power supply voltage exceeds 15.5 volts for longer than six seconds.
Page 319: B1803 Flame Detected Prior To Combustion
CABIN HEATER Symptom: B1803 FLAME DETECTED PRIOR TO COMBUSTION When Monitored and Set Condition: B1803 FLAME DETECTED PRIOR TO COMBUSTION When Monitored: During DCHA start up. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Flame Sensor resistance is not within the expected parameters.
Page 320: B1811 Heater Overheated
CABIN HEATER Symptom: B1811 HEATER OVERHEATED When Monitored and Set Condition: B1811 HEATER OVERHEATED When Monitored: After DCHA activation, when the system is in a steady state of operation. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Coolant Temperature Sensor resistance is not within the expected parameters (coolant temperature in the Heater Module exceeds 125°C [257°F]).
Page 321 CABIN HEATER B1811 HEATER OVERHEATED — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE THE DCHA IN AN ENCLOSED AREA SUCH AS A GARAGE THAT DOES NOT HAVE EXHAUST VENTILATION FACILI- TIES. ALWAYS VENT THE DCHA’s EXHAUST WHEN OPERATING THE DCHA.
Page 322 CABIN HEATER B1811 HEATER OVERHEATED — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE THE DCHA IN AN ENCLOSED AREA SUCH AS A GARAGE THAT DOES NOT HAVE EXHAUST VENTILATION FACILI- TIES. ALWAYS VENT THE DCHA’s EXHAUST WHEN OPERATING THE DCHA.
Page 323 CABIN HEATER B1811 HEATER OVERHEATED — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE THE DCHA IN AN ENCLOSED AREA SUCH AS A GARAGE THAT DOES NOT HAVE EXHAUST VENTILATION FACILI- TIES. ALWAYS VENT THE DCHA’s EXHAUST WHEN OPERATING THE DCHA.
Page 324: B1813 Heater In Lockout Mode
CABIN HEATER Symptom: B1813 HEATER IN LOCKOUT MODE When Monitored and Set Condition: B1813 HEATER IN LOCKOUT MODE When Monitored: During DCHA activation. Set Condition: This DTC will set if six continuous attempts to start heater operation fail due to one or more faults in the DCHA system. POSSIBLE CAUSES B1813 AND ADDITIONAL DTC(S) PRESENT B1813 RESET, NO ADDITIONAL DTC(S) PRESENT...
Page 325 CABIN HEATER B1813 HEATER IN LOCKOUT MODE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE THE DCHA IN AN ENCLOSED AREA SUCH AS A GARAGE THAT DOES NOT HAVE EXHAUST VENTILATION FACILITIES. AL- WAYS VENT THE DCHA’s EXHAUST WHEN OPERATING THE DCHA. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS MAY RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Page 326: B1820 Dosing Pump Circuit: Open Or Short To Battery
CABIN HEATER Symptom: B1820 DOSING PUMP CIRCUIT: OPEN OR SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: B1820 DOSING PUMP CIRCUIT: OPEN OR SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the DCHA Control detects no-load voltage on the Dosing Pump circuit output pin.
Page 327 CABIN HEATER B1820 DOSING PUMP CIRCUIT: OPEN OR SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE THE DCHA IN AN ENCLOSED AREA SUCH AS A GARAGE THAT DOES NOT HAVE EXHAUST VENTILATION FACILI- TIES. ALWAYS VENT THE DCHA’s EXHAUST WHEN OPERATING THE DCHA.
Page 328 CABIN HEATER B1820 DOSING PUMP CIRCUIT: OPEN OR SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE THE DCHA IN AN ENCLOSED AREA SUCH AS A GARAGE THAT DOES NOT HAVE EXHAUST VENTILATION FACILI- TIES. ALWAYS VENT THE DCHA’s EXHAUST WHEN OPERATING THE DCHA.
Page 329: B1820 Dosing Pump Circuit: Short To Ground
CABIN HEATER Symptom: B1820 DOSING PUMP CIRCUIT: SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: B1820 DOSING PUMP CIRCUIT: SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored: During Dosing Pump activation. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the DCHA Control detects a high current draw on the Dosing Pump circuit output pin.
Page 330 CABIN HEATER B1820 DOSING PUMP CIRCUIT: SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE THE DCHA IN AN ENCLOSED AREA SUCH AS A GARAGE THAT DOES NOT HAVE EXHAUST VENTILATION FACILI- TIES. ALWAYS VENT THE DCHA’s EXHAUST WHEN OPERATING THE DCHA.
Page 331 CABIN HEATER B1820 DOSING PUMP CIRCUIT: SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE THE DCHA IN AN ENCLOSED AREA SUCH AS A GARAGE THAT DOES NOT HAVE EXHAUST VENTILATION FACILI- TIES. ALWAYS VENT THE DCHA’s EXHAUST WHEN OPERATING THE DCHA.
Page 332: B1821 Combustion Air Fan Circuit: Open
CABIN HEATER Symptom List: B1821 COMBUSTION AIR FAN CIRCUIT: OPEN B1821 COMBUSTION AIR FAN CIRCUIT: SHORT TO GROUND Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be B1821 COMBUSTION AIR FAN CIRCUIT: OPEN.
Page 333: B1822 Glow Pin/Flame Sensor: Open
CABIN HEATER Symptom List: B1822 GLOW PIN/FLAME SENSOR: OPEN B1822 GLOW PIN/FLAME SENSOR: SHORT TO GROUND Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be B1822 GLOW PIN/FLAME SEN- SOR: OPEN. When Monitored and Set Condition: B1822 GLOW PIN/FLAME SENSOR: OPEN When Monitored: After DCHA activation.
Page 334: B1823 Water Pump Circuit: Open
CABIN HEATER Symptom List: B1823 WATER PUMP CIRCUIT: OPEN B1823 WATER PUMP CIRCUIT: SHORT TO GROUND Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be B1823 WATER PUMP CIRCUIT: OPEN. When Monitored and Set Condition: B1823 WATER PUMP CIRCUIT: OPEN When Monitored: During DCHA activation and operation.
Page 335: B1824 Fan Switch Line Short To Ground
CABIN HEATER Symptom: B1824 FAN SWITCH LINE SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: B1824 FAN SWITCH LINE SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored: During DCHA activation and operation. Set Condition: This fault is erroneous for this DCHA assembly. POSSIBLE CAUSES DCHA CONTROL UNIT FAULT TEST ACTION...
Page 336: Cabin Heater Control Circuit Open (Active)
CABIN HEATER Symptom: CABIN HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: CABIN HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN (ACTIVE) When Monitored: When the DCHA system is off Set Condition: The DCHA Low Side Driver inside the FCM expects to see a system voltage of 13.8 volts through the DCHA relay coil when the DCHA system is off.
Page 337 CABIN HEATER CABIN HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE THE DCHA IN AN ENCLOSED AREA SUCH AS A GARAGE THAT DOES NOT HAVE EXHAUST VENTILATION FACILI- TIES. ALWAYS VENT THE DCHA’s EXHAUST WHEN OPERATING THE DCHA.
Page 338 CABIN HEATER CABIN HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE THE DCHA IN AN ENCLOSED AREA SUCH AS A GARAGE THAT DOES NOT HAVE EXHAUST VENTILATION FACILI- TIES. ALWAYS VENT THE DCHA’s EXHAUST WHEN OPERATING THE DCHA.
Page 339 CABIN HEATER CABIN HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE THE DCHA IN AN ENCLOSED AREA SUCH AS A GARAGE THAT DOES NOT HAVE EXHAUST VENTILATION FACILI- TIES. ALWAYS VENT THE DCHA’s EXHAUST WHEN OPERATING THE DCHA.
Page 340: Cabin Heater Control Circuit Short To Battery (Active)
CABIN HEATER Symptom: CABIN HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY (AC- TIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: CABIN HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY (ACTIVE) When Monitored: During DCHA activation and operation. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the FCM sees a voltage between 5.0 and 15.0 volts on the Cabin Heater Assist Control circuit.
Page 341 CABIN HEATER CABIN HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE THE DCHA IN AN ENCLOSED AREA SUCH AS A GARAGE THAT DOES NOT HAVE EXHAUST VENTILATION FACILI- TIES. ALWAYS VENT THE DCHA’s EXHAUST WHEN OPERATING THE DCHA.
Page 342 CABIN HEATER CABIN HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE THE DCHA IN AN ENCLOSED AREA SUCH AS A GARAGE THAT DOES NOT HAVE EXHAUST VENTILATION FACILI- TIES. ALWAYS VENT THE DCHA’s EXHAUST WHEN OPERATING THE DCHA.
Page 343: Cabin Heater Inoperable From A/C - Heater Module (Mtc)
CABIN HEATER Symptom: *CABIN HEATER INOPERABLE FROM A/C - HEATER MODULE (MTC) POSSIBLE CAUSES DCHA ACTIVATION CRITERIA NOT MET NO PCI BUS COMMUNICATION WITH FCM/HVAC MODULE FCM OR HAVC DTCS PRESENT FCM FAULT A/C - HEATER CONTROL MODULE FAULT TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE THE DCHA IN AN ENCLOSED AREA SUCH...
Page 344 CABIN HEATER *CABIN HEATER INOPERABLE FROM A/C - HEATER MODULE (MTC) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE THE DCHA IN AN ENCLOSED AREA SUCH AS A GARAGE THAT DOES NOT HAVE EXHAUST VENTILATION FACILI- TIES. ALWAYS VENT THE DCHA’s EXHAUST WHEN OPERATING THE DCHA.
Page 345: Cabin Heater Inoperable From Auto Temp Control (Atc)
CABIN HEATER Symptom: *CABIN HEATER INOPERABLE FROM AUTO TEMP CONTROL (ATC) POSSIBLE CAUSES DCHA ACTIVATION CRITERIA NOT MET NO PCI BUS COMMUNICATION WITH FCM/ATC FCM OR ATC DTCS PRESENT FCM FAULT AUTO TEMP CONTROL FAULT TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE THE DCHA IN AN ENCLOSED AREA SUCH AS A GARAGE THAT DOES NOT HAVE EXHAUST VENTILATION FACILI- TIES.
Page 346 CABIN HEATER *CABIN HEATER INOPERABLE FROM AUTO TEMP CONTROL (ATC) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE THE DCHA IN AN ENCLOSED AREA SUCH AS A GARAGE THAT DOES NOT HAVE EXHAUST VENTILATION FACILI- TIES. ALWAYS VENT THE DCHA’s EXHAUST WHEN OPERATING THE DCHA.
Page 347 CABIN HEATER *CABIN HEATER INOPERABLE FROM AUTO TEMP CONTROL (ATC) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE THE DCHA IN AN ENCLOSED AREA SUCH AS A GARAGE THAT DOES NOT HAVE EXHAUST VENTILATION FACILI- TIES. ALWAYS VENT THE DCHA’s EXHAUST WHEN OPERATING THE DCHA.
Page 348: Chime Inoperative
CHIME Symptom: *CHIME INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES USE DRB TO ACTUATE CHIME CHIME DRIVER CIRCUIT - OPEN CHIME DRIVER CIRCUIT - SHORT TO GROUND CHIME DRIVER CIRCUIT - SHORT TO VOLTAGE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , actuate the CHIME. (BCM actuator) Does chime sound a warning? Yes →...
Page 349 CHIME *CHIME INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connectors. Disconnect the BCM harness connector(s). Measure the resistance of the chime driver circuit between the Instrument Cluster connector and the BCM connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? →...
Page 350: Key In Ignition And Driver's Door Open Chime Not Operating
CHIME Symptom: *KEY IN IGNITION AND DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN CHIME NOT OPERATING PROPERLY POSSIBLE CAUSES BODY CONTROL MODULE DTC DRB CHIME ACTUATOR DRIVER DOOR AJAR STATUS IGNITION SWITCH BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , read the current Body Control Module DTC’s. Does the DRBIII display: any Lighting or Ignition switch related DTC’s? Yes →...
Page 351: Problem With The Vehicle Speed Warning Chime
CHIME Symptom: *PROBLEM WITH THE VEHICLE SPEED WARNING CHIME POSSIBLE CAUSES INCORRECT COUNTRY CODE PROGRAMMED IN BCM BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: The high speed warning chime is for Gulf Coast Countries only. With the DRBIII in Miscellaneous check the Body Control Module country code setting.
Page 352: Atc Module Messages Not Received
COMMUNICATION Symptom: ATC MODULE MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: ATC MODULE MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: With the ignition in run, and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) module for at least 0.125 seconds.
Page 353: Audio Messages Not Received
COMMUNICATION Symptom: AUDIO MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: AUDIO MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: With the ignition in run, and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the radio for at least 5 seconds.
Page 354: Bcm, Pci Bus Shorted To Battery
COMMUNICATION Symptom List: BCM, PCI BUS SHORTED TO BATTERY BCM, PCI BUS SHORTED TO GROUND FCM, PCI BUS SHORTED TO BATTERY FCM, PCI BUS SHORTED TO GROUND Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be BCM, PCI BUS SHORTED TO BATTERY.
Page 355 COMMUNICATION BCM, PCI BUS SHORTED TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: For this code to be active, the DRB will not be able to communicate with any modules on the vehicle (except the PCM/ECM). NOTE: Clear the code. If this code continues to set and the DRB can still communicate with the module, it will be necessary to replace the module.
Page 356: Country Code Not Programmed
COMMUNICATION Symptom: COUNTRY CODE NOT PROGRAMMED POSSIBLE CAUSES SELECT CORRECT COUNTRY CODE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRB, enter Body Computer, Miscellaneous then Change Country Code. Select the correct country code for the vehicle. With the DRB, erase BCM DTC’s. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait approximately 1 minute.
Page 357: Fcm Messages Not Received
COMMUNICATION Symptom: FCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: FCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: With the ignition in run, and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the Front Control Module (FCM) for at least 5 seconds.
Page 358: Fcm, Bcm Communication Fault
COMMUNICATION Symptom: FCM, BCM COMMUNICATION FAULT When Monitored and Set Condition: FCM, BCM COMMUNICATION FAULT When Monitored: With the ignition in run, and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: The FCM does not receive any messages from the Body Control Module (BCM) for at least 5 seconds.
Page 359: Fcm, Hvac Communication Fault
COMMUNICATION Symptom: FCM, HVAC COMMUNICATION FAULT When Monitored and Set Condition: FCM, HVAC COMMUNICATION FAULT When Monitored: With the ignition in run, and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: The FCM does not receive any messages from the Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) module or the A/C Heater Control (MTC) for at least 20 seconds.
Page 360: Fcm, Pci Internal Fault
COMMUNICATION Symptom: FCM, PCI INTERNAL FAULT When Monitored and Set Condition: FCM, PCI INTERNAL FAULT When Monitored: Continuously. Set Condition: The DTC will set if the FCM detects an internal fault. POSSIBLE CAUSES FCM, PCI INTERNAL FAULT TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Connect the DRB to the Data Link Connector.
Page 361: Fcm, Pcm Communication Fault
COMMUNICATION Symptom: FCM, PCM COMMUNICATION FAULT When Monitored and Set Condition: FCM, PCM COMMUNICATION FAULT When Monitored: With the ignition in run, and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: The FCM does not receive any messages from the PCM for at least 5 seconds.
Page 362 COMMUNICATION FCM, PCM COMMUNICATION FAULT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Note: If equipped with NGC follow the caution below. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 363: Fcm, Radio Communication Fault
COMMUNICATION Symptom: FCM, RADIO COMMUNICATION FAULT When Monitored and Set Condition: FCM, RADIO COMMUNICATION FAULT When Monitored: With the ignition in run, and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: The FCM does not receive any messages from the radio for at least 5 seconds.
Page 364: Fcm, Tcm Communication Fault
COMMUNICATION Symptom: FCM, TCM COMMUNICATION FAULT When Monitored and Set Condition: FCM, TCM COMMUNICATION FAULT When Monitored: With the ignition in run, and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: The FCM does not receive any messages from the Transmission Control Module (TCM) for at least 5 seconds.
Page 365: Internal Bcm Failure
COMMUNICATION Symptom: INTERNAL BCM FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: INTERNAL BCM FAILURE When Monitored: The BCM detects an internal fault for 10 seconds. Set Condition: The DTC will set if the BCM detects an internal fault. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERNAL BCM FAILURE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 366: Left Psd Messages Not Received
COMMUNICATION Symptom: LEFT PSD MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT PSD MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: When the Body Control Module is awake. Set Condition: The BCM does not sense a response from the Left Power Sliding Door Module.
Page 367 COMMUNICATION LEFT PSD MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRB, erase DTC’s. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait approximately 1 minute. Operate the left power sliding door with either the key fob or the overhead console. With the DRB, read DTC’s.
Page 368: Liftgate Module Messages Not Received
COMMUNICATION Symptom: LIFTGATE MODULE MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: LIFTGATE MODULE MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: When the Body Control Module is awake. Set Condition: The BCM does not sense a response from the Power Liftgate Control Module.
Page 369 COMMUNICATION LIFTGATE MODULE MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRB, erase DTC’s. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait approximately 1 minute. Operate the liftgate with either the key fob or the overhead console. With the DRB, read DTC’s.
Page 370: Mic Messages Not Received
COMMUNICATION Symptom: MIC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: MIC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: With the ignition in run, and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the Instrument Cluster (MIC) for at least 5 seconds.
Page 371 COMMUNICATION MIC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , erase DTC’s. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait approximately 1 minute. With the DRBIII , read DTC’s. Did this DTC reset? Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service information.
Page 372: Msm Messages Not Received
COMMUNICATION Symptom: MSM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: MSM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: With the ignition in run, and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the Memory Seat Module (MSM) for at least 0.125 seconds.
Page 373: No Pci Messages From Cd Changer
COMMUNICATION Symptom: NO PCI MESSAGES FROM CD CHANGER When Monitored and Set Condition: NO PCI MESSAGES FROM CD CHANGER When Monitored: With the ignition on and the radio on. Set Condition: If the DRB interrogates the CD Changer and does not receive the proper response from the CD Changer.
Page 374 COMMUNICATION NO PCI MESSAGES FROM CD CHANGER — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Use Scope input cable CH7058, Cable to Probe adapter CH7062, and the red and black test probes. Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable.
Page 375: Orc Messages Not Received
COMMUNICATION Symptom: ORC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: ORC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: With the ignition in run, and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) for at least 5 seconds.
Page 376: Otis Module Messages Not Received
COMMUNICATION Symptom: OTIS MODULE MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: OTIS MODULE MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: With the ignition in run, and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the overhead console for at least 5 seconds.
Page 377: Pci Internal Hardware Failure
COMMUNICATION Symptom: PCI INTERNAL HARDWARE FAILURE POSSIBLE CAUSES PCI INTERNAL HARDWARE FAILURE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Connect the DRB to the Data Link Connector. Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, erase BCM DTC’s. Turn the ignition off then turn the ignition on. With the DRB, read BCM DTC’s.
Page 378: Pcm Messages Not Received
COMMUNICATION Symptom: PCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: PCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: With the ignition in run, and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the PCM for at least 5 seconds.
Page 379 COMMUNICATION PCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Note: If equipped with NGC follow the caution below. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 380: Radio Mem Msg Not Received
COMMUNICATION Symptom: RADIO MEM MSG NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: RADIO MEM MSG NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: With the ignition in run, and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any radio memory messages. POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE RADIO CHECK THE MEMORY SYSTEM...
Page 381: Right Psd Messages Not Received
COMMUNICATION Symptom: RIGHT PSD MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT PSD MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: When the Body Control Module is awake. Set Condition: The BCM does not sense a response from the Right Power Sliding Door Module.
Page 382 COMMUNICATION RIGHT PSD MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRB, erase DTC’s. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait approximately 1 minute. Operate the right power sliding door with either the key fob or the overhead console. With the DRB, read DTC’s.
Page 383: Skim Messages Not Received
COMMUNICATION Symptom: SKIM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: SKIM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: With the ignition in run, and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the Sentry Key Immobilizer Module (SKIM) for at least 5 seconds.
Page 384: Tcm Messages Not Received
COMMUNICATION Symptom: TCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: TCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: With the ignition in run, and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the Transmission Control Module (TCM) for at least 5 seconds.
Page 385: No Response From Airbag Control Module
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECKING FOR VOLTAGE GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Check the FCM for DTC’s. If DTC’s are present, go to the appropriate category and perform the DTC.
Page 386 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI bus communication with other modules. If not, refer to the PCI Bus Communication Failure symptom and repair as necessary. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Page 387: No Response From Automatic Temperature Control Module
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED (B+) CKT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on.
Page 388 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL MOD - ULE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary.
Page 389: No Response From Body Control Module
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM BODY CONTROL MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH ANOTHER MODULE FUSED (B+) CKT OPEN OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT(S) OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the Airbag Control Module (ACM). With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the Instrument Cluster.
Page 390 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM BODY CONTROL MODULE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Disconnect the BCM C3 harness connector.
Page 391: No Response From Cabin Heater Assist - Diesel Only
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM CABIN HEATER ASSIST - DIESEL ONLY POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE ECM FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT OPEN CABIN HEATER ASSIST TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the ECM.
Page 392 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM CABIN HEATER ASSIST - DIESEL ONLY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Cabin Heater Assist in accordance with the service information. Perform CABIN HEATER VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 393: No Response From Controller Antilock Brake
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE POSSIBLE CAUSES NO RESPONSE FROM CAB GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. Note: As soon as one or more module communicates with the DRB, answer the question.
Page 394 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Disconnect the CAB harness connector.
Page 395: No Response From Ecm (Pci Bus) - Diesel Only
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM ECM (PCI BUS) - DIESEL ONLY POSSIBLE CAUSES ECM PCI NO RESPONSE PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN ENGINE CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. NOTE: As soon as one or more module communicates with the DRB, answer the question.
Page 396: No Response From Ecm (Sci Only) - Diesel Only
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM ECM (SCI ONLY) - DIESEL ONLY POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK ECM POWERS AND GROUNDS CABIN HEATER ASSIST SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT OPEN ENGINE CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 397 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM ECM (SCI ONLY) - DIESEL ONLY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the ECM harness connectors. Disconnect the DRB from the DLC. Measure the resistance of the SCI Transmit circuit between the ECM connector and the DLC.
Page 398: No Response From Front Control Module
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM FRONT CONTROL MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH ANOTHER MODULE OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT(S) OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT FRONT CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the Airbag Control Module. With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the Controller Antilock Brake (CAB) module.
Page 399 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM FRONT CONTROL MODULE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Remove the Front Control Module from the IPM.
Page 400: No Response From Hvac
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM HVAC POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT A/C HEATER CONTROL TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, enter Body then Body Computer. Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the BCM? Yes →...
Page 401 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM HVAC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Disconnect the A/C Heater Control C1 harness connector. Use Scope input cable CH7058, Cable to Probe adapter CH7062, and the red and black test probes.
Page 402: No Response From Instrument Cluster
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT INSTRUMENT CLUSTER WAKE UP SENSE CKT OPEN INSTRUMENT CLUSTER WAKE UP SENSE CKT INTERNALLY OPEN INSTRUMENT CLUSTER WAKE UP SENSE CKT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER WAKE UP SENSE CKT INTERNALLY SHORTED TO VOLTAGE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER...
Page 403 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector.
Page 404 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the BCM C4 harness connector. Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Instrument Cluster Wake Up Sense circuit.
Page 405: No Response From Left Siacm
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM LEFT SIACM POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERROGATE FCM GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN SIACM RUN/START DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN LEFT SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , check the FCM for any DTC’s. Are any FCM DTC’s present? Yes →...
Page 406 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM LEFT SIACM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Ensure there is PCI bus communication with other modules. If not, refer to the PCI Bus Communication Failure symptom and repair as necessary. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Page 407: No Response From Left Sliding Door Control Module
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM LEFT SLIDING DOOR CONTROL MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN LEFT SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE OPEN LEFT SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO VOLTAGE LEFT SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND BODY CONTROL MODULE - LEFT SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP GROUND OPEN LEFT SLIDING DOOR CONTROL MODULE - OPEN...
Page 408 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM LEFT SLIDING DOOR CONTROL MODULE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Disconnect the Left Sliding Door Control Module C2 harness connector.
Page 409 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM LEFT SLIDING DOOR CONTROL MODULE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Body Control Module C3 harness connector. Disconnect the Left Sliding Door Control Module C2 harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Left Sliding Door Wake Up Signal circuit.
Page 410: No Response From Memory Seat/Mirror Module
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM MEMORY SEAT/MIRROR MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT MEMORY SEAT/MIRROR MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, enter Body then Body Computer. Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the BCM? Yes →...
Page 411 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM MEMORY SEAT/MIRROR MODULE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Turn the ignition off.
Page 412: No Response From Overhead Console
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM OVERHEAD CONSOLE POSSIBLE CAUSES GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT OVERHEAD CONSOLE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Overhead Console harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the ground circuit (cav 4).
Page 413 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM OVERHEAD CONSOLE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Disconnect the Overhead Console harness connector.
Page 414: No Response From Pcm (Pci Bus) - Ngc
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCI BUS) - NGC POSSIBLE CAUSES PCM PCI NO RESPONSE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. NOTE: As soon as one or more module communicates with the DRB, answer the question.
Page 415: No Response From Pcm (Pci Bus) - Sbec
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCI BUS) - SBEC POSSIBLE CAUSES PCM PCI NO RESPONSE PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. NOTE: As soon as one or more module communicates with the DRB, answer the question.
Page 416 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCI BUS) - SBEC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRB read PCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes. This is to ensure power and grounds to the PCM are operational. NOTE: If the DRB will not read PCM DTC’s, follow the NO RESPONSE TO PCM (SCI only) symptom path.
Page 417: No Response From Pcm (Pcm Sci Only) - Ngc
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCM SCI ONLY) - NGC POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK PCM POWERS AND GROUNDS PCM SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE PCM SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE PCM SCI CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER PCM SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND PCM SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND PCM SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT OPEN PCM SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT OPEN...
Page 418 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCM SCI ONLY) - NGC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the DRBIII from the DLC. Disconnect the PCM harness connectors. Measure the resistance between the PCM SCI Transmit circuit and the PCM SCI Receive circuit at the Data Link harness connector (cavs 7 and 12).
Page 419 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCM SCI ONLY) - NGC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Disconnect the DRBIII from the DLC. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 420: No Response From Pcm (Sci Only) - Sbec
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (SCI ONLY) - SBEC POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK PCM POWERS AND GROUNDS SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE SCI CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT OPEN SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT OPEN...
Page 421 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (SCI ONLY) - SBEC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the DRB from the DLC. Disconnect the PCM harness connectors. Disconnect the TCM harness connector (if equipped). Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the SCI Transmit (PCM) circuit at the DLC connector.
Page 422 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (SCI ONLY) - SBEC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the PCM C2 harness connector. Disconnect the DRB from the DLC. Measure the resistance of the SCI Transmit (PCM) circuit between the PCM C2 connector and the DLC.
Page 423: No Response From Power Liftgate Module
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM POWER LIFTGATE MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE - LIFTGATE WAKE UP GROUND OPEN LIFTGATE MODULE WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE OPEN LIFTGATE MODULE WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO VOLTAGE LIFTGATE MODULE WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN POWER LIFTGATE MODULE - OPEN...
Page 424 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM POWER LIFTGATE MODULE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Disconnect the Power Liftgate Module C2 harness connector.
Page 425 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM POWER LIFTGATE MODULE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector. Disconnect the Power Liftgate Module C2 harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Liftgate Module Wake Up Signal circuit.
Page 426: No Response From Radio
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM RADIO POSSIBLE CAUSES NO RESPONSE FROM RADIO OPEN FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED B+ CIRCUIT GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT RADIO TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. Note: As soon as one or more module communicates with the DRB, answer the question.
Page 427 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM RADIO — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe both ground circuits. Is the test light illuminated for each circuit? Yes →...
Page 428: No Response From Right Siacm
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM RIGHT SIACM POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERROGATE FCM GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN SIACM RUN/START DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN RIGHT SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , check the FCM for any DTC’s. Are any FCM DTC’s present? Yes →...
Page 429 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM RIGHT SIACM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Ensure there is PCI bus communication with other modules. If not, refer to the PCI Bus Communication Failure symptom and repair as necessary. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Page 430: No Response From Right Sliding Door Control Module
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM RIGHT SLIDING DOOR CONTROL MOD- POSSIBLE CAUSES FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN RIGHT SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE OPEN RIGHT SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO VOLTAGE RIGHT SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND BODY CONTROL MODULE - RIGHT SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP GROUND OPEN RIGHT POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE - OPEN...
Page 431 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM RIGHT SLIDING DOOR CONTROL MODULE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Disconnect the Right Sliding Door Control Module C2 harness connector.
Page 432 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM RIGHT SLIDING DOOR CONTROL MODULE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Body Control Module C3 harness connector. Disconnect the Right Sliding Door Control Module C2 harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Right Sliding Door Wake Up Signal circuit.
Page 433: No Response From Sentry Key Immobilizer Module
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on.
Page 434 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Disconnect the SKIM harness connector.
Page 435: No Response From Thatcham Alarm Module
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM THATCHAM ALARM MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT THATCHAM ALARM MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, enter Body then Body Computer. Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the BCM? Yes →...
Page 436 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM THATCHAM ALARM MODULE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Disconnect the Thatcham Alarm Module C1 harness connector.
Page 437: No Response From Transmission Control Module - Eatx
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE - EATX POSSIBLE CAUSES NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE FCM OUTPUT (RUN/ST) CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START) CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START) CIRCUIT SHORT FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT(S) OPEN OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE...
Page 438 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE - EATX — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position. Disconnect the TCM harness connector. Remove the starter relay from the IPM. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused Ignition Switch Output (Start) circuit.
Page 439 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE - EATX — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position. Disconnect the TCM harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check each ground circuit in the TCM harness connector.
Page 440: No Response From Transmission Control Module - Ngc
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE - NGC POSSIBLE CAUSES NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT(S) OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on.
Page 441 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE - NGC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the PCM harness connectors. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 442 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE - NGC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Disconnect the PCM harness connectors.
Page 443: Pci Bus Communication Failure
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *PCI BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE POSSIBLE CAUSES WIRING HARNESS INTERMITTENT OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT AT THE DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC) PCI BUS CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE MODULE SHORT TO VOLTAGE PCI BUS CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND MODULE SHORT TO GROUND TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 444 COMMUNICATION *PCI BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the PCM/ECM harness connector. Note: If equipped with NGC follow the caution below. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 445 COMMUNICATION *PCI BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the negative battery cable. Using a ohmmeter, connect one end to the PCI Bus circuit at the DLC, and the other end to ground. While monitoring the ohmmeter, disconnect each module the vehicle is equipped with one at a time.
Page 446: Door Ajar
DOOR AJAR Symptom: *HOOD AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN (EXPORT ONLY) POSSIBLE CAUSES HOOD AJAR SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN INTERMITTENT CONDITION HOOD AJAR SWITCH HOOD AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Open the Hood. With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs, read the HOOD AJAR SW state. Does the DRBIII display CLOSED? Yes →...
Page 447: Hood Ajar Circuit Shorted To Ground (Export Only)
DOOR AJAR Symptom: *HOOD AJAR CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (EXPORT ONLY) POSSIBLE CAUSES HOOD AJAR SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND HOOD AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs, read the HOOD AJAR SW state. Disconnect the Hood Ajar Switch harness connector.
Page 448: Left Front Door Ajar Switch Sense Circuit Open
DOOR AJAR Symptom: *LEFT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION LEFT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN LEFT FRONT DOOR (LOCK MOTOR) AJAR SWITCH LEFT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 449: Left Front Door Ajar Switch Sense Circuit Shorted To Ground
DOOR AJAR Symptom: *LEFT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND POSSIBLE CAUSES LEFT FRONT DOOR (LOCK MOTOR) AJAR SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND LEFT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 450: Left Sliding Door Ajar Switch Sense Circuit Open
DOOR AJAR Symptom: *LEFT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN POSSIBLE CAUSES GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN LEFT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN LEFT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION LEFT SLIDING DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH (LATCH ASSY). TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 451 DOOR AJAR *LEFT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Left Sliding Door Lock Motor/Ajar or Latch Sensing Switch harness connector at the bottom of the sliding door. Disconnect the BCM C3 connector. Back probe a jumper wire from the Left Sliding Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit at the BCM to ground.
Page 452: Left Sliding Door Ajar Switch Sense Circuit Shorted To
DOOR AJAR Symptom: *LEFT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND POSSIBLE CAUSES LEFT SLIDING DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND LEFT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION LEFT SLIDING DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH (LATCH ASSY). TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 453: Liftgate Ajar Circuit Open
DOOR AJAR Symptom: *LIFTGATE AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH (CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR) LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Open the Liftgate. With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs, read the LIFTGATE AJAR SW state. Does the DRBIII display CLOSED? Yes →...
Page 454: Liftgate Ajar Circuit Shorted To Ground
DOOR AJAR Symptom: *LIFTGATE AJAR CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND POSSIBLE CAUSES LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs, read the LIFTGATE AJAR SW state. NOTE: If Power Liftgate equipped the ajar switch is in the Liftgate Cinch/ Release Motor.
Page 455: Right Front Door Ajar Switch Sense Circuit Open
DOOR AJAR Symptom: *RIGHT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION RIGHT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN RIGHT FRONT DOOR (LOCK MOTOR) AJAR SWITCH RIGHT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 456: Right Front Door Ajar Switch Sense Circuit Shorted To
DOOR AJAR Symptom: *RIGHT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND POSSIBLE CAUSES RIGHT FRONT DOOR (LOCK MOTOR) AJAR SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND RIGHT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 457: Right Sliding Door Ajar Circuit Open
DOOR AJAR Symptom: *RIGHT SLIDING DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN POSSIBLE CAUSES GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN RIGHT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN RIGHT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION RIGHT SLIDING DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH (LATCH ASSY) TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 458 DOOR AJAR *RIGHT SLIDING DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Right Sliding Door harness connector at the bottom of the sliding door. Disconnect the BCM C3 connector. Back probe a jumper wire from the Right Sliding Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit at the BCM to ground.
Page 459: Right Sliding Door Ajar Circuit Shorted To Ground
DOOR AJAR Symptom: *RIGHT SLIDING DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND POSSIBLE CAUSES RIGHT SLIDING DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND RIGHT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION RIGHT SLIDING DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH (LATCH ASSY) TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 460: Electrically Heated Systems
ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: EBL RUN ONLY RELAY OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: EBL RUN ONLY RELAY OPEN When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition on. Set Condition: The FCM has detected an open in the Rear Defogger Relay control circuit. POSSIBLE CAUSES OPEN B+ TO RELAY VERIFY ACTIVE DTC...
Page 461 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS EBL RUN ONLY RELAY OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Install a known good relay in place of the Rear Window Defogger relay. Turn the ignition on. Attempt to operate the Rear Window Defogger. With the DRBIII , read the current Front Control Module DTC’s.
Page 462: Ebl Run Only Relay Shorted To Battery
ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: EBL RUN ONLY RELAY SHORTED TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: EBL RUN ONLY RELAY SHORTED TO BATTERY When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition on. Set Condition: The FCM has detected a short to battery voltage in the Rear Defogger Relay control circuit.
Page 463: Exterior Lighting
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: BACKUP LAMP OUTPUT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: BACKUP LAMP OUTPUT OPEN When Monitored: Trans in reverse. Set Condition: Voltage output status is Low. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION GROUND CIRCUIT BACKUP LAMP OPEN BACKUP LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION...
Page 464 EXTERIOR LIGHTING BACKUP LAMP OUTPUT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the inoperative rear tail lamp harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Engage the transmission to reverse. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Backup Lamps Output circuit.
Page 465: Backup Lamp Output Short
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: BACKUP LAMP OUTPUT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: BACKUP LAMP OUTPUT SHORT When Monitored: With the transmission in reverse. Set Condition: When voltage output status is Low. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION BACKUP LAMP BACKUP LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION...
Page 466: Front Fog Lamp Relay Open
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY OPEN When Monitored: Ignition On. Set Condition: The IPM detects high current from the fog lamp relay control circuit. POSSIBLE CAUSES MISSING RELAY OPEN FUSE FOG LAMP RELAY INTERMITTENT CONDITION...
Page 467 EXTERIOR LIGHTING FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off Remove the Fog Lamp Relay. Measure the voltage of the Fused B+ circuit of the fog lamp relay. Is the voltage above 10 volts? Yes →...
Page 468: Front Fog Lamp Shorted To Battery
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: FRONT FOG LAMP SHORTED TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: FRONT FOG LAMP SHORTED TO BATTERY When Monitored: Ignition On. Set Condition: When a battery fault condition is present. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION FOG LAMP RELAY FRONT CONTROL MODULE INTELLIGENT POWER MODULE TEST...
Page 469: Headlamp Switch Mismatch
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: HEADLAMP SWITCH MISMATCH When Monitored and Set Condition: HEADLAMP SWITCH MISMATCH When Monitored: Ignition ON Set Condition: Headlamp switch is in Auto mode and the vehicle is not EC Mirror equipped. POSSIBLE CAUSES VERIFY AUTO HEADLAMP SWITCH INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST...
Page 470: Headlamp Switch Open
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: HEADLAMP SWITCH OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: HEADLAMP SWITCH OPEN When Monitored: Ignition ON Set Condition: A Sensor voltage is over 4.8 volts for more than .0625 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS HEADLAMP SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT OPEN HEADLAMP SWITCH MUX RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN HEADLAMP SWITCH OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE...
Page 471 EXTERIOR LIGHTING HEADLAMP SWITCH OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position. Disconnect the Body Control Module C5 harness connector. Disconnect the Headlamp Switch harness connector. Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary. Measure the resistance of the Headlamp Switch MUX circuit from the Body Control Module connector to the Headlamp Switch harness connector.
Page 472: Headlamp Switch Short To Ground
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: HEADLAMP SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: HEADLAMP SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored: Ignition ON Set Condition: A Sensor voltage is below 0.488 volts for more than 0.0625 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES HEADLAMP SWITCH SHORTED INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS HEADLAMP SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND HEADLAMP SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORT TO MUX RETURN CIRCUIT...
Page 473 EXTERIOR LIGHTING HEADLAMP SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position. Disconnect the Body Control Module harness connector. Disconnect the Headlamp Switch harness connector. Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary. Measure the resistance between the Headlamp Switch MUX Return circuit and the Headlamp Switch MUX circuit.
Page 474: High Beam Switch Input Open
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: HIGH BEAM SWITCH INPUT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: HIGH BEAM SWITCH INPUT OPEN When Monitored: Ignition On. Set Condition: When voltage is above 4.8 volts. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH HIGH BEAM SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT OPEN MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH MUX RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST...
Page 475 EXTERIOR LIGHTING HIGH BEAM SWITCH INPUT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Body Control Module C5 harness connector. Disconnect the Multifunction Switch harness connector. Measure the resistance of the High Beam Switch MUX circuit from the Body Control Module connector to the Multifunction Switch harness connector.
Page 476: High Beam Switch Input Short
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: HIGH BEAM SWITCH INPUT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: HIGH BEAM SWITCH INPUT SHORT When Monitored: Ignition On. Set Condition: When voltage is below 0.488 volts. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH HIGH BEAM SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND HIGH BEAM SWITCH MUX SHORT TO MUX RETURN CIRCUIT BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST...
Page 477 EXTERIOR LIGHTING HIGH BEAM SWITCH INPUT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Body Control Module C4 harness connector. Disconnect the Multifunction Switch harness connector. Measure the resistance between the Multifunction Switch MUX Return circuit and the High Beam Switch MUX circuit.
Page 478: Left Front Turn Signal Output Open
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN When Monitored: Ignition On and left turn signal On. Set Condition: When output voltage status is LOW. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN TURN SIGNAL LAMP OPEN LEFT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN...
Page 479 EXTERIOR LIGHTING LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the BCM C2 harness connector. Disconnect the left front turn signal lamp harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Left Front Turn Signal Output Circuit and ground. Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 480: Left Front Turn Signal Output Short
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT When Monitored: Ignition and left turn signal On. Set Condition: When output voltage status is Low. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND TURN SIGNAL LAMP BODY CONTROL MODULE...
Page 481 EXTERIOR LIGHTING LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Left Front Turn Signal Lamp connector. Turn the ignition on. Turn the Left Turn Signal on. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Left Front Turn Signal Output circuit.
Page 482: Left High Beam Headlamp Circuit Open
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: LEFT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT OPEN POSSIBLE CAUSES FRONT CONTROL MODULE GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN LEFT HEADLAMP LEFT HIGH BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, erase the Front Control Module DTC’s. Turn the headlamps on.
Page 483 EXTERIOR LIGHTING LEFT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Left Headlamp harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Left High Beam Driver circuit in the Left Headlamp harness connector. Turn the high beam headlamps on.
Page 484: Left High Beam Headlamp Circuit Shorted To Ground
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: LEFT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND POSSIBLE CAUSES FRONT CONTROL MODULE LEFT HEADLAMP LEFT HIGH BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND WIRING PROBLEM WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, erase the Front Control Module DTC’s. Turn the headlamps on.
Page 485 EXTERIOR LIGHTING LEFT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Inspect the wiring and connectors associated with the Left High Beam Driver circuit. Were any problems found? Yes → Repair as necessary. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 486: Left High Beam Headlamp Circuit Shorted To Voltage
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: LEFT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE POSSIBLE CAUSES FRONT CONTROL MODULE GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN HIGH BEAM AND LOW BEAM DRIVERS CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER LEFT HEADLAMP LEFT HIGH BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE WIRING PROBLEM WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION TEST ACTION...
Page 487 EXTERIOR LIGHTING LEFT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Left Headlamp harness connector. Disconnect the Front Control Module. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the Left High Beam Driver circuit. Is the voltage below 1.0 volt? Yes →...
Page 488: Left Low Beam Headlamp Circuit Open
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: LEFT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT OPEN POSSIBLE CAUSES FRONT CONTROL MODULE GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN LEFT HEADLAMP LEFT LOW BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, erase the Front Control Module DTC’s. Turn the headlamps on.
Page 489 EXTERIOR LIGHTING LEFT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Left Headlamp harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Left Low Beam Driver circuit in the Left Headlamp harness connector. NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly.
Page 490: Left Low Beam Headlamp Circuit Shorted To Ground
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: LEFT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND POSSIBLE CAUSES FRONT CONTROL MODULE LEFT HEADLAMP LEFT LOW BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND WIRING PROBLEM WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, erase the Front Control Module DTC’s. Turn the headlamps on.
Page 491 EXTERIOR LIGHTING LEFT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Inspect the wiring and connectors associated with the Left Low Beam Driver circuit. Were any problems found? Yes → Repair as necessary. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 492: Left Low Beam Headlamp Circuit Shorted To Voltage
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: LEFT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE POSSIBLE CAUSES FRONT CONTROL MODULE GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN HIGH BEAM AND LOW BEAM DRIVERS CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER LEFT HEADLAMP LEFT LOW BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE WIRING PROBLEM WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION TEST ACTION...
Page 493 EXTERIOR LIGHTING LEFT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Left Headlamp harness connector. Disconnect the Front Control Module. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the Left Low Beam Driver circuit. Is the voltage below 1.0 volt? Yes →...
Page 494: Left Rear Turn Signal Output Open
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: LEFT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN When Monitored: Ignition and left turn signal On. Set Condition: When Output voltage status is LOW. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN TURN SIGNAL LAMP OPEN LEFT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN...
Page 495 EXTERIOR LIGHTING LEFT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 connector. Disconnect the left rear tail lamp connector. Measure the resistance of the Left Rear Turn Signal Driver Circuit to ground. Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 496: Left Rear Turn Signal Output Short
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: LEFT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT When Monitored: Ignition and left turn signal On. Set Condition: When output voltage status is Low. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION LEFT REAR TURN SIGNAL DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND TURN SIGNAL LAMP BODY CONTROL MODULE...
Page 497 EXTERIOR LIGHTING LEFT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Left Rear Turn Signal Lamp connector. Turn the ignition on. Turn the Left Turn Signal on. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Left Rear Turn Signal Driver circuit.
Page 498: Left Side Park Lamp Open
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: LEFT SIDE PARK LAMP OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT SIDE PARK LAMP OPEN When Monitored: Anytime the FCM is active. Set Condition: When B+ voltage is below 10.0 volts. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION GROUND CIRCUIT PARK LAMP PARK LAMP FUSE #2 PARK LAMP RELAY...
Page 499 EXTERIOR LIGHTING LEFT SIDE PARK LAMP OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the left front park lamp connector. Turn the ignition on. Turn the Park Lamps on. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Park Lamp Output circuit. Does the test light illuminate brightly? Yes →...
Page 500: Park Lamp Output 1 Open
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: PARK LAMP OUTPUT 1 OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: PARK LAMP OUTPUT 1 OPEN When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: The IPM detects high current from the Park Lamp Relay Control circuit. POSSIBLE CAUSES MISSING RELAY OPEN FUSE PARK LAMP RELAY INTERMITTENT CONDITION...
Page 501 EXTERIOR LIGHTING PARK LAMP OUTPUT 1 OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Install a known good relay in place of the park lamp relay. Turn the Park Lamps On. Do the Park Lamps operate normally? Yes → Replace the Park Lamp Relay. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 502: Park Lamp Output 1 Short To Battery
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: PARK LAMP OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: PARK LAMP OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: When a battery fault condition is present. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION PARK LAMP RELAY FRONT CONTROL MODULE INTELLIGENT POWER MODULE TEST...
Page 503: Park Lamp Output 2 Open
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: PARK LAMP OUTPUT 2 OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: PARK LAMP OUTPUT 2 OPEN When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: The IPM detects high current from the Park Lamp Relay Control circuit. POSSIBLE CAUSES MISSING RELAY OPEN FUSE PARK LAMP RELAY INTERMITTENT CONDITION...
Page 504 EXTERIOR LIGHTING PARK LAMP OUTPUT 2 OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Install a known good relay in place of the park lamp relay. Turn the Park Lamps On. Do the Park Lamps operate normally? Yes → Replace the Park Lamp Relay. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 505: Park Lamp Output 2 Short To Battery
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: PARK LAMP OUTPUT 2 SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: PARK LAMP OUTPUT 2 SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: When a battery fault condition is present. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION PARK LAMP RELAY FRONT CONTROL MODULE INTELLIGENT POWER MODULE TEST...
Page 506: Right Front Turn Signal Output Open
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN When Monitored: Ignition and right turn signal On. Set Condition: When the output voltage status is LOW. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN TURN SIGNAL LAMP OPEN RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN...
Page 507 EXTERIOR LIGHTING RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Right Front Turn Signal Lamp connector. Turn the ignition on. Turn the Right Turn Signal on. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Right Front Turn Signal Output circuit.
Page 508: Right Front Turn Signal Output Short
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT When Monitored: Anytime the IPM is active. Set Condition: When output voltage status is Low. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND TURN SIGNAL LAMP INTELLIGENT POWER MODULE TEST...
Page 509 EXTERIOR LIGHTING RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Right Front Turn Signal Lamp connector. Turn the ignition on. Turn the Right Turn Signal on. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Right Front Turn Signal Output circuit.
Page 510: Right High Beam Headlamp Circuit Open
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: RIGHT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT OPEN POSSIBLE CAUSES FRONT CONTROL MODULE GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN RIGHT HEADLAMP RIGHT HIGH BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, erase the Front Control Module DTC’s. Turn the headlamps on.
Page 511 EXTERIOR LIGHTING RIGHT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Right Headlamp harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Right High Beam Driver circuit in the Right Headlamp harness connector. NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly.
Page 512: Right High Beam Headlamp Circuit Shorted To Ground
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: RIGHT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND POSSIBLE CAUSES FRONT CONTROL MODULE RIGHT HEADLAMP RIGHT HIGH BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND WIRING PROBLEM WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, erase the Front Control Module DTC’s. Turn the headlamps on.
Page 513 EXTERIOR LIGHTING RIGHT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Inspect the wiring and connectors associated with the Right High Beam Driver circuit. Were any problems found? Yes → Repair as necessary. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 514: Right High Beam Headlamp Circuit Shorted To Voltage
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: RIGHT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLT- POSSIBLE CAUSES FRONT CONTROL MODULE GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN HIGH BEAM AND LOW BEAM DRIVERS CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER RIGHT HEADLAMP RIGHT HIGH BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE WIRING PROBLEM WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION TEST ACTION...
Page 515 EXTERIOR LIGHTING RIGHT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Right Headlamp harness connector. Disconnect the Front Control Module. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the Right High Beam Driver circuit. Is the voltage below 1.0 volt? Yes →...
Page 516: Right Low Beam Headlamp Circuit Open
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: RIGHT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT OPEN POSSIBLE CAUSES FRONT CONTROL MODULE GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN RIGHT HEADLAMP RIGHT LOW BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, erase the Front Control Module DTC’s. Turn the headlamps on.
Page 517 EXTERIOR LIGHTING RIGHT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Right Headlamp harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Right Low Beam Driver circuit in the Right Headlamp harness connector. NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly.
Page 518: Right Low Beam Headlamp Circuit Shorted To Ground
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: RIGHT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND POSSIBLE CAUSES FRONT CONTROL MODULE RIGHT HEADLAMP RIGHT LOW BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND WIRING PROBLEM WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, erase the Front Control Module DTC’s. Turn the headlamps on.
Page 519 EXTERIOR LIGHTING RIGHT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Inspect the wiring and connectors associated with the Right Low Beam Driver circuit. Were any problems found? Yes → Repair as necessary. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 520: Right Low Beam Headlamp Circuit Shorted To Voltage
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: RIGHT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE POSSIBLE CAUSES FRONT CONTROL MODULE GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN HIGH BEAM AND LOW BEAM DRIVERS CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER RIGHT HEADLAMP RIGHT LOW BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE WIRING PROBLEM WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION TEST ACTION...
Page 521 EXTERIOR LIGHTING RIGHT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Right Headlamp harness connector. Disconnect the Front Control Module. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the Right Low Beam Driver circuit. Is the voltage below 1.0 volt? Yes →...
Page 522: Right Rear Turn Signal Output Open
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: RIGHT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN When Monitored: Ignition On. Set Condition: When output voltage status is LOW. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION GROUND CIRCUIT TURN SIGNAL LAMP RIGHT REAR TURN SIGNAL DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST...
Page 523 EXTERIOR LIGHTING RIGHT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the Right Rear Turn Signal Driver Circuit to ground. Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 524: Right Rear Turn Signal Output Short
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: RIGHT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT When Monitored: Anytime the BCM is active. Set Condition: When output voltage status is Low. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION RIGHT REAR TURN SIGNAL DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND TURN SIGNAL LAMP BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST...
Page 525 EXTERIOR LIGHTING RIGHT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Right Rear Turn Signal Lamp connector. Turn the ignition on. Turn the Right Turn Signal on. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Right Rear Turn Signal Driver circuit.
Page 526: Right Side Park Lamp Open
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: RIGHT SIDE PARK LAMP OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT SIDE PARK LAMP OPEN When Monitored: Anytime the FCM is active. Set Condition: When B+ voltage is below 10.0 volts. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION GROUND CIRCUIT PARK LAMP PARK LAMP FUSE #3 PARK LAMP OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN...
Page 527 EXTERIOR LIGHTING RIGHT SIDE PARK LAMP OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the right front park lamp connector. Turn the ignition on. Turn the Park Lamps on. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Park Lamp Output circuit. Does the test light illuminate brightly? Yes →...
Page 528: Turn Signal Switch Input Open
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: TURN SIGNAL SWITCH INPUT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: TURN SIGNAL SWITCH INPUT OPEN When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: When voltage is below 4.8 volts. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT OPEN MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH MUX RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST...
Page 529 EXTERIOR LIGHTING TURN SIGNAL SWITCH INPUT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Body Control Module C5 harness connector. Disconnect the Multifunction Switch harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Turn Signal Switch MUX circuit from the Body Control Module connector to the Multifunction Switch harness connector.
Page 530: Turn Signal Switch Input Short
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: TURN SIGNAL SWITCH INPUT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: TURN SIGNAL SWITCH INPUT SHORT When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: When Input voltage falls below 0.196 volts for 62.5 msec.. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH MUX SHORT TO MUX RETURN CIRCUIT.
Page 531 EXTERIOR LIGHTING TURN SIGNAL SWITCH INPUT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Body Control Module C5 harness connector. Disconnect the Multifunction Switch harness connector. Measure the resistance between the Multifunction Switch MUX Return circuit and the Turn Signal Switch MUX circuit.
Page 532: A/C Switch Fault (Active) - Mtc
HEATING & A/C Symptom List: A/C SWITCH FAULT (ACTIVE) - MTC CHECKSUM FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC DEFOG SWITCH FAULT (ACTIVE) - MTC POWER SWITCH FAULT (ACTIVE) - MTC RECIRC SWITCH FAULT (ACTIVE) - MTC Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be A/C SWITCH FAULT (ACTIVE) - MTC.
Page 533 HEATING & A/C A/C SWITCH FAULT (ACTIVE) - MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY View repair Repair Replace the A/C - Heater Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 534: A/C Switch Fault (Stored) - Mtc
HEATING & A/C Symptom List: A/C SWITCH FAULT (STORED) - MTC BACKLIGHT DIMMING RX FAILURE (STORED) - MTC BLEND OVERCURRENT (STORED) - MTC CHECKSUM FAILURE (STORED) - MTC DEFOG SWITCH FAULT (STORED) - MTC EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN (STORED) - MTC EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR...
Page 535: Evaporator Temperature Sensor Circuit Open (Stored) - Mtc
HEATING & A/C A/C SWITCH FAULT (STORED) - MTC — Continued BLEND OVERCURRENT (STORED) - MTC When Monitored: When actuator movement is requested. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the A/C - Heater Control Module detects an excessive current draw on any of the door driver circuits while attempting to drive the passenger blend door actuator.
Page 536 HEATING & A/C A/C SWITCH FAULT (STORED) - MTC — Continued PCM COMMUNICATION FAILURE (STORED) - MTC When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the A/C - Heater Control Module does not receive the Fuel message from the PCM for more than 5 seconds.
Page 537 HEATING & A/C A/C SWITCH FAULT (STORED) - MTC — Continued TX FAILURE (STORED) - MTC When Monitored: When the ignition is on. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the A/C - Heater Control Module is unable to send a message.
Page 538 HEATING & A/C A/C SWITCH FAULT (STORED) - MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY CAUTION: The evaporator temperature must be above 12.7°C (55°F) and the work area ambient temperature must be above 21.1°C (70°F) to test the A/C system operation. NOTE: Active codes must be resolved before diagnosing stored codes.
Page 539: Rear Mode Circuit Shorted To Ign Or Batt - Mtc
HEATING & A/C Symptom List: ACT CKT TEST PASSED, OVERCURRENT DTCS ACTIVE - MTC BLEND CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC BLEND CIRCUIT SHORTED TO IGN OR BATT - MTC COMMON DRIVER SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC COMMON DRIVER SHORTED TO IGN OR BATT - MTC MODE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC MODE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO IGN OR BATT - MTC REAR BLEND CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC...
Page 540 HEATING & A/C ACT CKT TEST PASSED, OVERCURRENT DTCS ACTIVE - MTC — Continued COMMON DRIVER SHORTED TO IGN OR BATT - MTC When Monitored: When the Actuator Circuit Test is executed. Set Condition: This message will set if the A/C - Heater Control detects a short high on the Common Door Driver circuit.
Page 541 HEATING & A/C ACT CKT TEST PASSED, OVERCURRENT DTCS ACTIVE - MTC — Continued RECIRC CIRCUIT SHORTED TO IGN OR BATT - MTC When Monitored: When the Actuator Circuit Test is executed. Set Condition: This message will set if the A/C - Heater Control detects a short high on the Recirculation Door Driver circuit.
Page 542 HEATING & A/C ACT CKT TEST PASSED, OVERCURRENT DTCS ACTIVE - MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY CAUTION: Shorted rear door driver circuits can cause additional Actuator Circuit Test messages to set for circuits where no condition exists to cause a fault.
Page 543 HEATING & A/C ACT CKT TEST PASSED, OVERCURRENT DTCS ACTIVE - MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control C1 harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage between the applicable door driver circuit and ground. Is there any voltage present? Yes →...
Page 544 HEATING & A/C ACT CKT TEST PASSED, OVERCURRENT DTCS ACTIVE - MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control C1 harness connector. NOTE: If the Actuator Circuit Test messages, displayed on the DRBIII , identified which circuits are shorted together, then only measure the resistance between those circuits.
Page 545 HEATING & A/C ACT CKT TEST PASSED, OVERCURRENT DTCS ACTIVE - MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control C1 harness connector. Disconnect all door actuator harness connectors whose circuit resistance was below 30.0 ohms.
Page 546: Backlight Dimming Rx Failure (Active) - Mtc
HEATING & A/C Symptom: BACKLIGHT DIMMING RX FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC When Monitored and Set Condition: BACKLIGHT DIMMING RX FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: If the A/C - Heater Control Module does not receive the dimming function message from the BCM for more than 5 seconds, then the A/C - Heater Control Module LEDs will default to full brightness and the DTC will set.
Page 547: Blend Calibration Fault - Mtc
HEATING & A/C Symptom List: BLEND CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC MODE CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC REAR BLEND CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC REAR MODE CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC RECIRCULATION CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC ZONE CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be BLEND CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC.
Page 548 HEATING & A/C BLEND CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC — Continued RECIRCULATION CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC When Monitored: When the HVAC Door Recalibration is executed. Set Condition: If the recirculation door’s span is found outside the tolerance due to: open door actuator electrical circuits; a bad door actuator; broken door linkage; a bound up door; door actuator electrical circuits shorted to voltage;...
Page 549 HEATING & A/C BLEND CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: All Actuator Circuit Test fault messages and Overcurrent DTCs must be repaired before diagnosing Calibration fault messages. Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII in HVAC, System Tests, actuate the Actuator Circuit Test. Does the DRBIII display any Actuator Circuit Test fault messages? Yes →...
Page 550 HEATING & A/C BLEND CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: After completing HVAC Door Recalibration, the DRBIII will store the total span and the status of each door actuator. Selecting HVAC Door Cal Monitor in System Tests will display this information. With the DRBIII in HVAC, select System Tests, and then select HVAC Door Cal Monitor.
Page 551 HEATING & A/C BLEND CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: After completing HVAC Door Recalibration, the DRBIII will store the total span and the status of each door actuator. Selecting HVAC Door Cal Monitor in System Tests will display this information. With the DRBIII in HVAC, select System Tests, and then select HVAC Door Cal Monitor.
Page 552 HEATING & A/C BLEND CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control Module C1 harness connector. Measure the resistance between the Common Door Driver circuit and the applicable door driver circuit. Is the resistance above 70.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 553 HEATING & A/C BLEND CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: After completing HVAC Door Recalibration, the DRBIII will store the total span and the status of each door actuator. Selecting HVAC Door Cal Monitor in System Tests will display this information. With the DRBIII in HVAC, select System Tests, and then select HVAC Door Cal Monitor.
Page 554 HEATING & A/C BLEND CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control Module C1 harness connector. Measure the resistance between the Rear Common Door Driver circuit and the applicable door driver circuit. Is the resistance above 70.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 555: Blend Overcurrent (Active) - Mtc
HEATING & A/C Symptom List: BLEND OVERCURRENT (ACTIVE) - MTC MODE OVERCURRENT (ACTIVE) - MTC REAR BLEND OVERCURRENT (ACTIVE) - MTC REAR MODE OVERCURRENT (ACTIVE) - MTC RECIRC OVERCURRENT (ACTIVE) - MTC ZONE OVERCURRENT (ACTIVE) - MTC Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be BLEND OVERCURRENT (AC- TIVE) - MTC.
Page 556 HEATING & A/C BLEND OVERCURRENT (ACTIVE) - MTC — Continued ZONE OVERCURRENT (ACTIVE) - MTC When Monitored: When actuator movement is requested. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the A/C - Heater Control Module detects an excessive current draw on any of the door driver circuits while attempting to drive the driver (zone) blend door actuator.
Page 557: Blower Not On High - Mtc
HEATING & A/C Symptom: BLOWER NOT ON HIGH - MTC When Monitored and Set Condition: BLOWER NOT ON HIGH - MTC When Monitored: When executing the Cooldown Test. Set Condition: This message will be displayed if the front blower is not operating at high speed when executing the Cooldown Test.
Page 558: Cooldown Test Sensor Failure - Mtc
HEATING & A/C Symptom List: COOLDOWN TEST SENSOR FAILURE - MTC COOLDOWN TIME EXCESSIVE FAULT - MTC Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be COOLDOWN TEST SENSOR FAILURE - MTC. When Monitored and Set Condition: COOLDOWN TEST SENSOR FAILURE - MTC When Monitored: When executing the Cooldown Test.
Page 559 HEATING & A/C COOLDOWN TEST SENSOR FAILURE - MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY CAUTION: The evaporator temperature must be above 12.7°C (55°F) and the work area ambient temperature must be above 21.1°C (70°F) to test A/C system operation. Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , check the PCM/ECM for DTCs.
Page 560: Cooldown Test Too Cold To Start - Mtc
HEATING & A/C Symptom: COOLDOWN TEST TOO COLD TO START - MTC When Monitored and Set Condition: COOLDOWN TEST TOO COLD TO START - MTC When Monitored: When executing the Cooldown Test. Set Condition: This message will be displayed if the A/C - Heater Control Module sees evaporator temperature below 12.7°C (55°F) when executing the Cooldown Test.
Page 561 HEATING & A/C COOLDOWN TEST TOO COLD TO START - MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY CAUTION: The evaporator temperature must be above 12.7°C (55°F) and the work area ambient temperature must be above 21.1°C (70°F) to test A/C system operation. Turn the ignition on.
Page 562 HEATING & A/C COOLDOWN TEST TOO COLD TO START - MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Ensure that the Evaporator Temperature Sensor harness connector is connected to the Evaporator Temperature Sensor. NOTE: Ensure the voltmeter leads meet the terminals in the connector and that there is good terminal to wire connection.
Page 563: Evaporator Temperature Sensor Circuit Open (Active) - Mtc
HEATING & A/C Symptom: EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN (ACTIVE) - MTC When Monitored and Set Condition: EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN (ACTIVE) - MTC When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the A/C - Heater Control Module sees abnormally high voltage on the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit.
Page 564 HEATING & A/C EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN (ACTIVE) - MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control Module C1 harness connector. Measure the resistance between the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit and the Sensor Ground circuit.
Page 565 HEATING & A/C EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN (ACTIVE) - MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control Module C1 harness connector. Open the glove box door. Disconnect the glove box door roller latch from each side of the glove box.
Page 566: Evaporator Temperature Sensor Circuit Short (Active) - Mtc
HEATING & A/C Symptom: EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT SHORT (AC- TIVE) - MTC When Monitored and Set Condition: EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT SHORT (ACTIVE) - MTC When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the A/C - Heater Control Module sees abnormally low voltage on the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit.
Page 567 HEATING & A/C EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT SHORT (ACTIVE) - MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control Module C1 harness connector. Open the glove box door. Disconnect the glove box door roller latch from each side of the glove box.
Page 568: Front And Rear Blower Output 1 Open
HEATING & A/C Symptom List: FRONT AND REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 1 OPEN FRONT AND REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 2 OPEN Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be FRONT AND REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 1 OPEN.
Page 569 HEATING & A/C FRONT AND REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 1 OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Remove either the Front Blower Motor Relay or the Rear Blower Motor Relay, if equipped, from the IPM. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe cavity 86 of the blower relay connector.
Page 570: Front And Rear Blower Output 1 Short To Batt
HEATING & A/C Symptom List: FRONT AND REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO BATT FRONT AND REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 2 SHORT TO BATT Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be FRONT AND REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO BATT.
Page 571 HEATING & A/C FRONT AND REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO BATT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Install a substitute relay in place of the existing Front Blower Motor Relay. With the DRB, erase DTCs. Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, read DTCs.
Page 572: Loopback Test Failure (Active) - Mtc
HEATING & A/C Symptom: LOOPBACK TEST FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC When Monitored and Set Condition: LOOPBACK TEST FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC When Monitored: When the A/C - Heater Control Module executes an internal loopback test. Set Condition: If the A/C - Heater Control Module fails to send a message, or none of the expected messages arrive for 5 seconds, an internal loopback test is executed.
Page 573: No Fuel Level Message Received (Active) - Mtc
HEATING & A/C Symptom List: NO FUEL LEVEL MESSAGE RECEIVED (ACTIVE) - MTC PCM COMMUNICATION FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC VEHICLE ODOMETER FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be NO FUEL LEVEL MESSAGE RECEIVED (ACTIVE) - MTC.
Page 574 HEATING & A/C NO FUEL LEVEL MESSAGE RECEIVED (ACTIVE) - MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , attempt to communicate with the PCM/ECM. Was the DRBIII able to communicate with the PCM/ECM? Yes → Go To 3 →...
Page 575: Rear Blend Pot Circuit Open (Active) - Mtc
HEATING & A/C Symptom: REAR BLEND POT CIRCUIT OPEN (ACTIVE) - MTC When Monitored and Set Condition: REAR BLEND POT CIRCUIT OPEN (ACTIVE) - MTC When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the A/C - Heater Control Module sees voltage above 4.88 volts on the Rear Temperature Feedback Signal circuit.
Page 576 HEATING & A/C REAR BLEND POT CIRCUIT OPEN (ACTIVE) - MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control Module C1 harness connector. Disconnect the Rear Blower Rear Control Switch C2 harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Rear Temperature Feedback Signal circuit between the A/C - Heater Control Module C1 harness connector and the Rear Blower Rear Control Switch C2 harness connector.
Page 577 HEATING & A/C REAR BLEND POT CIRCUIT OPEN (ACTIVE) - MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control Module C1 harness connector. NOTE: Make sure that the Rear Blower Rear Control Switch C2 harness connector is connected to the Rear Blower Rear Control Switch.
Page 578: Rear Blend Pot Circuit Short (Active) - Mtc
HEATING & A/C Symptom: REAR BLEND POT CIRCUIT SHORT (ACTIVE) - MTC When Monitored and Set Condition: REAR BLEND POT CIRCUIT SHORT (ACTIVE) - MTC When Monitored: When the ignition is on. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the A/C - Heater Control Module sees voltage below 0.25 volts on the Rear Temperature Feedback Signal circuit.
Page 579 HEATING & A/C REAR BLEND POT CIRCUIT SHORT (ACTIVE) - MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control Module C1 harness connector. Disconnect the Rear Blower Rear Control Switch C2 harness connector. Measure the resistance of the 5 Volt Supply circuit between the A/C - Heater Control Module C1 harness connector and the Rear Blower Rear Control Switch C2 harness connector.
Page 580: Tx Failure (Active) - Mtc
HEATING & A/C Symptom: TX FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC When Monitored and Set Condition: TX FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC When Monitored: When the ignition is on. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the A/C - Heater Control Module is unable to send a message.
Page 581 HEATING & A/C TX FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , erase HVAC DTCs. Cycle the ignition switch and wait approximately 1 minute. With the DRBIII , read HVAC DTCs. Did this DTC reset? Yes →...
Page 582: A/C Status Indicator Flashing - Mtc
HEATING & A/C Symptom List: *A/C STATUS INDICATOR FLASHING - MTC *RECIRC STATUS INDICATOR FLASHING - MTC Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be *A/C STATUS INDICATOR FLASHING - MTC. POSSIBLE CAUSES AC COOLDOWN TEST NEEDS TO BE RUN HVAC DOOR RECALIBRATION NEEDS TO BE RUN...
Page 583 HEATING & A/C *A/C STATUS INDICATOR FLASHING - MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: The RECIRC status indicator will flash twice per second to indicate that the HVAC Door Recalibration Test needs to be run. NOTE: The RECIRC status indicator will stop flashing twice per second if either the HVAC Door Recalibration Test returns passed, or if any button on the control is pressed, or if the ignition is cycled and the odometer shows greater than eight miles.
Page 584: Mtc
HEATING & A/C Symptom: *BLEND/MODE/RECIRC DOOR OPERATION IMPROPER -- DUAL & THREE-ZONE MTC POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK FOR ACTIVE HVAC DTCS CHECK FOR HVAC DO0R RECALIBRATION FAULT MESSAGES MODE DOOR ACTUATOR/LINKAGE/DOOR PASSENGER BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR/LINKAGE/DOOR DRIVER BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR/LINKAGE/DOOR RECIRCULATION DOOR ACTUATOR/LINKAGE/DOOR REAR MODE DOOR ACTUATOR/LINKAGE/DOOR REAR BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR/LINKAGE/DOOR TEST...
Page 585 HEATING & A/C *BLEND/MODE/RECIRC DOOR OPERATION IMPROPER -- DUAL & THREE-ZONE MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Which door did customer ID as faulty? Mode Door Go To 4 Passenger Blend Door Go To 5 Driver Blend Door Go To 6 Recirculation Door Go To 7 Rear Mode Door...
Page 586 HEATING & A/C *BLEND/MODE/RECIRC DOOR OPERATION IMPROPER -- DUAL & THREE-ZONE MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Start the engine. Turn the blower control to the high speed position. Turn the mode control to the panel position. Move the driver blend control to the full hot position. Move the driver blend control to the full cold position, in 25% increments, while checking for a change in airflow air temperature coming from the driver’s panel vents.
Page 587 HEATING & A/C *BLEND/MODE/RECIRC DOOR OPERATION IMPROPER -- DUAL & THREE-ZONE MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Start the engine. Turn the rear blower control on the A/C-Heater Control Module to the rear control position. Turn the rear blower control on the Rear A/C-Heater Control to the high speed position.
Page 588 HEATING & A/C Symptom: *BLEND/MODE/RECIRC DOOR OPERATION IMPROPER SINGLE-ZONE MTC POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK FOR ACTIVE HVAC DTCS CHECK FOR HVAC DO0R RECALIBRATION FAULT MESSAGES MODE DOOR ACTUATOR/LINKAGE/DOOR BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR/LINKAGE/DOOR RECIRCULATION DOOR ACTUATOR/LINKAGE/DOOR TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: All Actuator Circuit Test fault messages and Overcurrent DTCs must be repaired before diagnosing Calibration fault messages.
Page 589 HEATING & A/C *BLEND/MODE/RECIRC DOOR OPERATION IMPROPER -- SINGLE- ZONE MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Start the engine. Turn the blower control to the high speed position. Turn the mode control to each door position for a minimum of 30 seconds and check for airflow from the corresponding vents.
Page 590: Front A/C - Heater Control Illumination Inoperative - Mtc
HEATING & A/C Symptom: *FRONT A/C - HEATER CONTROL ILLUMINATION INOPERATIVE - POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK FOR HVAC DTCS CHECK FOR BCM DTCS A/C - HEATER CONTROL MODULE PANEL LAMPS DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE - PANEL LAMPS DRIVER OPEN TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 591 HEATING & A/C *FRONT A/C - HEATER CONTROL ILLUMINATION INOPERATIVE - MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control C1 harness connector. Disconnect the Body Control Module C4 harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Panel Lamps Driver circuit between the A/C - Heater Control C1 harness connector and the Body Control Module C4 harness connector.
Page 592: Front Blower Motor Inoperative - Mtc
HEATING & A/C Symptom: *FRONT BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE - MTC POSSIBLE CAUSES FRONT CONTROL MODULE (FCM) DTC(S) PRESENT IPM FUSE #10 FUSED FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RESISTOR BLOCK SHORTED TO GROUND FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RESISTOR BLOCK SHORTED TO GROUND BLOWER MOTOR BLOWER MOTOR A/C - HEATER CONTROL MODULE...
Page 593 HEATING & A/C *FRONT BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE - MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Replace IPM Fuse #10. Turn the ignition on. Turn the Power switch on the A/C - Heater Control Module on. Operate the front blower in all speeds and modes. Does the blower motor operate properly without blowing the fuse? Yes →...
Page 594 HEATING & A/C *FRONT BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE - MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Ensure IPM Fuse #10 is installed. Turn the ignition on. Turn the Power switch on the A/C - Heater Control Module on. NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery.
Page 595 HEATING & A/C *FRONT BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE - MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control Module C2 harness connector. Disconnect the Front Blower Motor Resistor Block C1 harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Blower Motor High Driver circuit between the A/C - Heater Control Module C2 harness connector and the Front Blower Motor Resistor Block C1 harness connector.
Page 596 HEATING & A/C *FRONT BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE - MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Make sure that the Front Blower Motor Relay is installed. Remove IPM Fuse #10. Turn the ignition on. NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery.
Page 597: Front Blower Motor Speeds Incorrect - Mtc
HEATING & A/C Symptom: *FRONT BLOWER MOTOR SPEEDS INCORRECT - MTC POSSIBLE CAUSES BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT(S) SHORTED TO GROUND BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT(S) SHORTED TO VOLTAGE BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER A/C - HEATER CONTROL MODULE - SPEEDS INCORRECT BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT(S) OPEN BLOWER MOTOR RESISTOR BLOCK - OPEN SPEED TEST...
Page 598 HEATING & A/C *FRONT BLOWER MOTOR SPEEDS INCORRECT - MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control Module C2 harness connector. Disconnect the Front Blower Motor Resistor Block C1 harness connector. Measure the resistance between the Blower Motor Low Driver circuit and the M1, M2, M3 and Blower Motor High Driver circuits.
Page 599: Hvac System Test - Mtc
HEATING & A/C Symptom: *HVAC SYSTEM TEST - MTC POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE PCM/ECM, THE BCM, AND THE FCM CHECK FOR HVAC RELATED DTCS IN THE PCM/ECM CHECK FOR BCM DTCS CHECK FOR FCM DTCS CHECK FOR ACTIVE HVAC DTCS AND SYSTEM TESTS FAULT MESSAGES CHECK FOR HVAC RELATED DTCS IN THE PCM/ECM MANUAL A/C SYSTEM TEST TEST...
Page 600 HEATING & A/C *HVAC SYSTEM TEST - MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY CAUTION: The evaporator temperature must be above 12.7°C (55°F) and the work area ambient temperature must be above 21.1°C (70°F) to test the A/C system operation. NOTE: Active codes must be resolved before diagnosing stored codes. NOTE: Anytime a DTC becomes active, or a Cooldown Test fault message, Actuator Circuit Test fault message, or HVAC Door Recalibration fault message is displayed, proceed to the conclusion question.
Page 601: Rear A/C - Heater Control Illumination Inoperative - Mtc
HEATING & A/C Symptom: *REAR A/C - HEATER CONTROL ILLUMINATION INOPERATIVE - POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK FOR HVAC DTCS CHECK FOR BCM DTCS INOPERATIVE BULB GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN REAR BLOWER REAR CONTROL SWITCH PANEL LAMPS DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE - PANEL LAMPS DRIVER OPEN TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 602 HEATING & A/C *REAR A/C - HEATER CONTROL ILLUMINATION INOPERATIVE - MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Rotate the Panel Lamps Dimmer switch to the off position. Disconnect the Rear Blower Rear Control Switch C2 harness connector. Turn the Headlamp switch on.
Page 603: Rear Blower Motor Inoperative - Mtc
HEATING & A/C Symptom: *REAR BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE - MTC POSSIBLE CAUSES FRONT CONTROL MODULE (FCM) DTC(S) PRESENT IPM FUSE #12 FUSED REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND BLOWER MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN A/C - HEATER CONTROL MODULE CHECK FOR POWER TO REAR BLOWER MOTOR BLOWER MOTOR REAR BLOWER HIGH SPEED CIRCUIT OPEN...
Page 604 HEATING & A/C *REAR BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE - MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Replace IPM Fuse #12. Turn the ignition on. Turn the Power switch on the A/C - Heater Control Module on. Turn the rear blower on and operate it in all speeds and modes. Does the blower motor operate properly without blowing the fuse? Yes →...
Page 605 HEATING & A/C *REAR BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE - MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. Turn the Power switch on the A/C - Heater Control Module on. NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery.
Page 606 HEATING & A/C *REAR BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE - MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove the Rear Blower Motor Relay from the IPM. NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe cavity 30 of the Rear Blower Motor Relay connector.
Page 607: Rear Blower Motor Speeds Incorrect - Mtc
HEATING & A/C Symptom: *REAR BLOWER MOTOR SPEEDS INCORRECT - MTC POSSIBLE CAUSES REAR BLOWER REAR CONTROL SWITCH REAR BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT(S) SHORTED TO GROUND A/C - HEATER CONTROL MODULE REAR BLOWER REAR CONTROL SWITCH REAR BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT(S) SHORTED TO VOLTAGE REAR BLOWER MOTOR FRONT CONTROL FEED CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE REAR BLOWER DRIVER CKT(S) SHORTED TO REAR BLOWER FRONT CONTROL FEED CKT REAR BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER...
Page 608 HEATING & A/C *REAR BLOWER MOTOR SPEEDS INCORRECT - MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Rear Blower Front Control Switch harness connector. Disconnect the Rear Blower Rear Control Switch C1 harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and each of the Rear Blower Motor Driver circuits (Low, Medium, and High) in the Rear Blower Front Control Switch harness connector.
Page 609 HEATING & A/C *REAR BLOWER MOTOR SPEEDS INCORRECT - MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the Power switch on the A/C - Heater Control Module off. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Rear Blower Front Control Switch harness connector. Disconnect the Rear Blower Rear Control Switch C1 harness connector.
Page 610 HEATING & A/C *REAR BLOWER MOTOR SPEEDS INCORRECT - MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Rear Blower Front Control Switch harness connector. Disconnect the Rear Blower Rear Control Switch C1 harness connector. Disconnect the Rear Blower Motor Resistor Block harness connector. Measure the resistance of each of the Rear Blower Motor Driver circuits (Low, Medium, and High) between the Rear Blower Motor Resistor Block harness connec- tor and the Rear Blower Motor Front Control Switch harness connector.
Page 611: Mtc
HEATING & A/C Symptom: *REAR BLOWER REAR CONTROL SWITCH INOP IN ONE OR MORE SPEEDS - MTC POSSIBLE CAUSES REAR BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT(S) OPEN REAR BLOWER REAR CONTROL SWITCH REAR BLOWER MOTOR FRONT CONTROL FEED CIRCUIT OPEN A/C - HEATER CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 612 HEATING & A/C *REAR BLOWER REAR CONTROL SWITCH INOP IN ONE OR MORE SPEEDS - MTC — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Rear Blower Front Control Switch harness connector. Disconnect the Rear Blower Rear Control Switch C1 harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Rear Blower Motor Front Control Feed circuit between the Rear Blower Front Control Switch harness connector and the Rear Blower Rear Control Switch C1 harness connector.
Page 613: Ignition, Power, Accessory
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY Symptom: ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT 1 OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT #1 OPEN When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition on. Set Condition: The FCM has detected an open in the Accessory Relay control circuit. POSSIBLE CAUSES FRONT CONTROL MODULE FUSE &...
Page 614 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT 1 OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , read the current Front Control Module DTC’s. Does the DRBIII display the ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT 1 OPEN trouble code? Yes →...
Page 615: Accessory Power Output 1 Short To B
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY Symptom: ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO B+ When Monitored and Set Condition: ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT #1 SHORT TO B+ When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition on. Set Condition: The FCM has detected a short to battery voltage in the Accessory Relay control circuit.
Page 616 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO B+ — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , read the current Front Control Module DTC’s. Does the DRBIII display the ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT #1 SHORTED TO BATTERY trouble code? Yes →...
Page 617: Accessory Power Output 2 Open
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY Symptom: ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT 2 OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT 2 OPEN When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition on. Set Condition: The FCM has detected an open in the Accessory Relay control circuit. POSSIBLE CAUSES FRONT CONTROL MODULE FUSE &...
Page 618 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT 2 OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , read the current Front Control Module DTC’s. Does the DRBIII display the ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT #1 OPEN trouble code? Yes →...
Page 619: Accessory Power Output 2 Short To B
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY Symptom: ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT 2 SHORT TO B+ When Monitored and Set Condition: ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT 2 SHORT TO B+ When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition on. Set Condition: The FCM has detected a short to battery voltage in the Accessory Relay control circuit.
Page 620 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT 2 SHORT TO B+ — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , read the current Front Control Module DTC’s. Does the DRBIII display the ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT #1 SHORTED TO BATTERY trouble code? Yes →...
Page 621: Cpa Not Engaged
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY Symptom: CPA NOT ENGAGED When Monitored and Set Condition: CPA NOT ENGAGED When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition on. Set Condition: If the connector positive assurance lock is not fully engaged, the Front Control Module will detect battery voltage on the B(+) Sense circuit. With voltage present, the FCM determines that there is a poor connection at connector C5 of the Fuse and Relay Center.
Page 622 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY CPA NOT ENGAGED — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Inspect connector C5 on the Fuse and Relay Center, ensure the connector lock is properly seated into the connector. Measure the voltage of the B(+) Sense circuit at the Fuse and Relay Center side of the FCM connector.
Page 623: Horn Input Stuck
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY Symptom: HORN INPUT STUCK When Monitored and Set Condition: HORN INPUT STUCK When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition on. Set Condition: The FCM has detected a fault in the Horn Switch Sense circuit. POSSIBLE CAUSES FRONT CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION HORN SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND INTERMITTENT CONDITION FUSE AND RELAY CENTER INTERNAL MALFUNCTION...
Page 624: Horn Relay Open
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY Symptom: HORN RELAY OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: HORN RELAY OPEN When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition on. Set Condition: The FCM has detected an open in the Horn Relay Control circuit. POSSIBLE CAUSES FUSE AND RELAY CENTER INTERNAL MALFUNCTION HORN RELAY INTERMITTENT CONDITION FRONT CONTROL MODULE...
Page 625 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY HORN RELAY OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove the Horn Relay from the Fuse and Relay Center. Disconnect the Front Control Module from the Fuse and Relay Center. Measure the resistance of the Horn Relay Control circuit between the FCM connector cavity 10 and the Horn Relay connector cavity 85.
Page 626: Horn Relay Shorted To B
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY Symptom: HORN RELAY SHORTED TO B+ When Monitored and Set Condition: HORN RELAY SHORTED TO BATTERY When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition on. Set Condition: The FCM has detected a short to battery in the Horn Relay Control circuit. POSSIBLE CAUSES FUSE AND RELAY CENTER INTERNAL MALFUNCTION HORN RELAY...
Page 627 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY HORN RELAY SHORTED TO B+ — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Front Control Module from the Fuse and Relay Center. Disconnect the Horn Relay from the Fuse and Relay Center. Measure the voltage of the Horn Relay Control circuit at the Fuse and Relay Center side of the FCM connector.
Page 628: Ignition Mux Switch Input Open
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY Symptom: IGNITION MUX SWITCH INPUT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: IGNITION MUX SWITCH INPUT OPEN When Monitored: With the ignition on and battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts. Set Condition: The Ignition MUX sense circuit voltage at the BCM goes above 4.9 volts. POSSIBLE CAUSES IGNITION SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE IGNITION SWITCH FAILURE...
Page 629 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY IGNITION MUX SWITCH INPUT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Reconnect the Ignition Switch 5-way connector. Gain access to the Body Control Module C4 connector. Backprobe a jumper wire between the Ignition Switch Sense Return circuit and ground.
Page 630: Ignition Mux Switch Input Short
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY Symptom: IGNITION MUX SWITCH INPUT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: IGNITION MUX SWITCH INPUT SHORT When Monitored: With the ignition on and battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts. Set Condition: The Ignition MUX Sense circuit voltage at the BCM goes below 0.5 volt for more than 2 seconds.
Page 631 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY IGNITION MUX SWITCH INPUT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Gain access to the Body Control Module. Disconnect the Body Control Module C4 and C5 harness connectors. Disconnect the Ignition Switch 5-way harness connector. Measure the resistance between the Ignition Switch Sense circuit and the Ignition Switch Sense Return circuit.
Page 632: Ignition Run Output Short
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY Symptom: IGNITION RUN OUTPUT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: IGNITION RUN OUTPUT SHORT When Monitored: With the ignition on and battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Body Control Module (BCM) sees voltage below 0.5 volt for more than two seconds on the Ignition Switch Output (Run) circuits.
Page 633 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY IGNITION RUN OUTPUT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Repeat this test until either the DTC is no longer present or all of the modules and components are disconnected from the Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run) circuit and the DTC is still present. Turn the ignition off.
Page 634: Ignition Run/Start Input Wiring
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY Symptom: IGNITION RUN/START INPUT WIRING When Monitored and Set Condition: IGN RUN/START INPUT WIRING When Monitored: With the ignition on and battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts. Set Condition: The Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit voltage at the FCM goes below 0.5 volts.
Page 635 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY IGNITION RUN/START INPUT WIRING — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Gain access to the bottom of the Fuse and Relay Center. Disconnect connector C9 from the Fuse and Relay Center. Measure the resistance of the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit between the FCM connector cavity 37 and the Fuse and Relay Center connector C9 cavity 2.
Page 636: Ignition Start Input Wiring
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY Symptom: IGNITION START INPUT WIRING When Monitored and Set Condition: IGNITION START INPUT WIRING When Monitored: With the ignition on and battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts. Set Condition: The Fused Ignition Switch Output (Start) circuit voltage at the FCM goes below 0.5 volts.
Page 637 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY IGNITION START INPUT WIRING — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Gain access to the bottom of the Fuse and Relay Center. Disconnect connector C9 from the Fuse and Relay Center. Measure the resistance of the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit between the FCM connector cavity 37 and the Fuse and Relay Center connector C9 cavity 2.
Page 638: Internal Driver Fault #1
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY Symptom: INTERNAL DRIVER FAULT #1 When Monitored and Set Condition: INTERNAL DRIVER FAULT #1 When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition on. Set Condition: The Front Control Module has detected an internal malfunction of the module. POSSIBLE CAUSES FRONT CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST...
Page 639: Internal Driver Fault #2
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY Symptom: INTERNAL DRIVER FAULT #2 When Monitored and Set Condition: INTERNAL DRIVER FAULT #2 When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition on. Set Condition: The Front Control Module has detected an internal malfunction of the module. POSSIBLE CAUSES FRONT CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST...
Page 640: Internal Driver Fault #3
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY Symptom: INTERNAL DRIVER FAULT #3 When Monitored and Set Condition: INTERNAL DRIVER FAULT #3 When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition on. Set Condition: The Front Control Module has detected an internal malfunction of the module. POSSIBLE CAUSES FRONT CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST...
Page 641: Run/Start Hardware Input Failure
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY Symptom: RUN/START HARDWARE INPUT FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: RUN/START HARDWARE INPUT FAILURE When Monitored: With the ignition on and battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts. Set Condition: The Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit voltage at the BCM goes below 0.5 volts and the BCM detects a voltage mismatch between the two ignition switch inputs.
Page 642 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY RUN/START HARDWARE INPUT FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Gain access to the Body Control Module C2 connector. While back probing, measure the voltage of the Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run/Start) circuit. Is the voltage above 10.0 volts? Yes →...
Page 643: Instrument Cluster
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom List: ABS LAMP CKT SHORT ABS LAMP OPEN AIRBAG LAMP CKT SHORT AIRBAG LAMP OPEN Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be ABS LAMP CKT SHORT. POSSIBLE CAUSES INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST...
Page 644: El Panel Short
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: EL PANEL SHORT POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK EXTERIOR ILLUMINATION CHECK OPERATION OF ALL GAUGES VERIFY CONCERN PANEL LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND PANEL LAMP DRIVER OPEN CIRCUIT OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT BCM PANEL LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT INTERNAL FAILURE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER PANEL LAMPS DRIVER INTERNAL FAILURE TEST ACTION...
Page 645 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER EL PANEL SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Panel Lamps Driver circuit (Instrument Cluster harness). Disconnect the BCM C2 harness connector. Is the resistance above 10,000 ohms? Yes →...
Page 646: Front Fog Lamp Indicator Open
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: FRONT FOG LAMP INDICATOR OPEN POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS FRONT FOG LAMP INDICATOR CIRCUIT OPEN FRONT FOG LAMP INDICATOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN FRONT FOG LAMP INDICATOR CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE HEADLAMP SWITCH BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 647 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FRONT FOG LAMP INDICATOR OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position. Disconnect the Body Control Module harness connector. Disconnect the Headlamp Switch harness connector. Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary. Ignition on, engine not running.
Page 648: Front Fog Lamp Indicator Short To Ground
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: FRONT FOG LAMP INDICATOR SHORT TO GROUND POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS FRONT FOG LAMP INDICATOR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND HEADLAMP SWITCH BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , record and erase Body Control Module DTC’s. Turn the ignition off, wait 15 seconds, then turn the ignition on.
Page 649 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FRONT FOG LAMP INDICATOR SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit.
Page 650: Fuel Gauge Checksum Failure
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom List: FUEL GAUGE CHECKSUM FAILURE SPEEDOMETER CHECKSUM FAILURE TACHOMETER CHECKSUM FAILURE TEMPERATURE GAUGE CHECKSUM FAILURE Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be FUEL GAUGE CHECKSUM FAILURE.
Page 651: Fuel Level Sending Unit Input Open
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT INPUT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT INPUT OPEN When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: Fuel Level Input to the BCM is greater than 9.8 volts for greater than 62.5 milliseconds.
Page 652 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT INPUT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. Disconnect the Fuel Tank Module harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Ground circuits in the Fuel Tank Module harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms for both measurements? Yes →...
Page 653: Fuel Level Sending Unit Input Short
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT INPUT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT INPUT SHORT When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: Fuel Level Input to the BCM is less than 2 volts for greater than 62.5 milliseconds.
Page 654 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT INPUT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Body Control Module. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. WARNING: WHEN THE ENGINE IS OPERATING, DO NOT STAND IN A DIRECT LINE WITH THE FAN.
Page 655: Iod Wakeup Cluster Output Open
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: IOD WAKEUP CLUSTER OUTPUT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: IOD WAKEUP CLUSTER OUTPUT OPEN When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The BCM is active and the Instrument Cluster does not respond on the Instrument Cluster Wake Up Sense circuit. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION INSTRUMENT CLUSTER WAKE UP SENSE CKT OPEN...
Page 656 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IOD WAKEUP CLUSTER OUTPUT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector. Disconnect the BCM C4 harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Instrument Cluster Wake Up Sense circuit in the MIC harness connector to ground.
Page 657: Iod Wakeup Cluster Output Short
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: IOD WAKEUP CLUSTER OUTPUT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: IOD WAKEUP CLUSTER OUTPUT SHORT When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The BCM is active and senses the Instrument Cluster Wake Up Sense circuit shorted high. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION INSTRUMENT CLUSTER WAKE UP SENSE CKT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE...
Page 658 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IOD WAKEUP CLUSTER OUTPUT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the BCM C4 harness connector. Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Instrument Cluster Wake Up Sense circuit.
Page 659: Left Turn Signal Indicator Open (Highline)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: LEFT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR OPEN (HIGHLINE) When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR OPEN (HIGHLINE) When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The BCM detects an open in the Left Turn Indicator Driver circuit. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN...
Page 660 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER LEFT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR OPEN (HIGHLINE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Message Center harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused B+ circuit in the Message Center harness connector.
Page 661: Left Turn Signal Indicator Open (Lowline)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: LEFT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR OPEN (LOWLINE) When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR OPEN (LOWLINE) When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The BCM detects an open in the Left Turn Indicator Driver. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN INSTRUMENT CLUSTER...
Page 662 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER LEFT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR OPEN (LOWLINE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused B+ circuit in the Instrument Cluster harness connector.
Page 663: Left Turn Signal Indicator Short (Highline)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: LEFT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR SHORT (HIGHLINE) When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR SHORT (HIGHLINE) When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The BCM detects a short to voltage in the Left Turn Indicator Driver. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION FUSED B+ CIRCUIT...
Page 664 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER LEFT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR SHORT (HIGHLINE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Message Center harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused B+ circuit in the Message Center harness connector.
Page 665: Left Turn Signal Indicator Short (Lowline)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: LEFT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR SHORT (LOWLINE) When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR SHORT (LOWLINE) When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The BCM detects a short to voltage in the Left Turn Indicator Driver. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION FUSED B+ CIRCUIT...
Page 666 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER LEFT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR SHORT (LOWLINE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused B+ circuit in the Instrument Cluster harness connector.
Page 667: Loopback Failure
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: LOOPBACK FAILURE POSSIBLE CAUSES INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , record and erase DTC’s. Turn the ignition off, wait 15 seconds, then turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , read DTCs. Did the DTC reset? Yes →...
Page 668: No Abs Bus Messages Received
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom List: NO ABS BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED NO BCM BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED NO FCM BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED NO ORC BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED NO TCM BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be NO ABS BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED.
Page 669: No Pcm Bus Messages Received
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: NO PCM BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED POSSIBLE CAUSES PCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED NO COMMUNICATION WITH THE PCM PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , enter Instrument Cluster, System Tests then PCM Monitor. Does the DRBIII display: PCM is active on the BUS? Yes →...
Page 670: Panel Dimming Output Short
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: PANEL DIMMING OUTPUT SHORT POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS EMIC DIMMING CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND HEADLAMP SWITCH DIMMING CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND HVAC MODULE DIMMING CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND I/P MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH DIMMING CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND MIRROR SWITCH DIMMING CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND RADIO DIMMING CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND REAR BLOWER CONTROL SWITCH DIMMING CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND...
Page 671 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER PANEL DIMMING OUTPUT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , erase Body Control Module DTCs. Turn the ignition off to the lock position. Disconnect the Headlamp Switch harness connector. Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , read DTCs.
Page 672 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER PANEL DIMMING OUTPUT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , erase Body Control Module DTCs. Turn the ignition off to the lock position. Disconnect the HVAC Module harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Turn the Headlamps on.
Page 673 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER PANEL DIMMING OUTPUT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position. Disconnect the Body Control Module harness connector. Disconnect the HVAC Module harness connector. Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary. Measure the resistance between ground and the HVAC Module Dimming circuit. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 674 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER PANEL DIMMING OUTPUT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position. Disconnect the Body Control Module harness connector. Disconnect the Radio harness connector. Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary. Measure the resistance between ground and the Radio Dimming circuit. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 675: Rear Fog Indicator Output Open
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: REAR FOG INDICATOR OUTPUT OPEN POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS REAR FOG LAMP INDICATOR CIRCUIT OPEN REAR FOG LAMP INDICATOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN REAR FOG LAMP INDICATOR CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE HEADLAMP SWITCH BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 676 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REAR FOG INDICATOR OUTPUT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position. Disconnect the Body Control Module harness connector. Disconnect the Headlamp Switch harness connector. Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary. Ignition on, engine not running.
Page 677: Rear Fog Indicator Output Short
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: REAR FOG INDICATOR OUTPUT SHORT POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS REAR FOG LAMP INDICATOR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND HEADLAMP SWITCH BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , record and erase Body Control Module DTC’s. Turn the ignition off, wait 15 seconds, then turn the ignition on.
Page 678 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REAR FOG INDICATOR OUTPUT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit. Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits.
Page 679: Right Turn Signal Indicator Open (Highline)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: RIGHT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR OPEN (HIGHLINE) When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR OPEN (HIGHLINE) When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The BCM detects an open in the Right Turn Indicator Driver. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION FUSED B+ CIRCUIT MESSAGE CENTER OPERATION...
Page 680 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER RIGHT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR OPEN (HIGHLINE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Message Center harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused B+ circuit in the Message Center harness connector.
Page 681: Right Turn Signal Indicator Open (Lowline)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: RIGHT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR OPEN (LOWLINE) When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR OPEN (LOWLINE) When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The BCM detects an open in the Right Turn Indicator Driver. POSSIBLE CAUSES RIGHT TURN INDICATOR DRIVER SHORTED TO GROUND INTERMITTENT CONDITION FUSED B+ CIRCUIT...
Page 682 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER RIGHT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR OPEN (LOWLINE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused B+ circuit in the Instrument Cluster harness connector.
Page 683: Right Turn Signal Indicator Short (Highline)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: RIGHT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR SHORT (HIGHLINE) When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR SHORT (HIGHLINE) When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The BCM detects a short to voltage in the Right Turn Indicator Driver. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION FUSED B+ CIRCUIT...
Page 684 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER RIGHT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR SHORT (HIGHLINE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Message Center harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused B+ circuit in the Message Center harness connector.
Page 685: Right Turn Signal Indicator Short (Lowline)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: RIGHT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR SHORT (LOWLINE) When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR SHORT (LOWLINE) When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The BCM detects a short to voltage in the Left Turn Indicator Driver. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION FUSED B+ CIRCUIT...
Page 686 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER RIGHT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR SHORT (LOWLINE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused B+ circuit in the Instrument Cluster harness connector.
Page 687: Tcm Message Mismatch
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: TCM MESSAGE MISMATCH POSSIBLE CAUSES TCM COMMUNICATION FAILURE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Diagnose and repair any TCM DTCs before proceeding with this test. Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , ensure PCI Bus communications with the TCM. Is the TCM communicating on the PCI Bus? Yes →...
Page 688: Any Pci Bus Indicator Inoperative
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *ANY PCI BUS INDICATOR INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES NO RESPONSE - PCI BUS NO RESPONSE - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER NO RESPONSE - ECM / PCM INDICATOR INOPERATIVE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , select J1850 Module Scan. Does the DRBIII display MIC PRESENT on the BUS? Yes →...
Page 689: Seat Belt Indicator Always On
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *SEAT BELT INDICATOR ALWAYS ON POSSIBLE CAUSES ACM SEAT BELT INDICATOR COMMAND PRESENT INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Ensure that the Driver seat belt buckle is not damaged and is buckled. With the DRBIII , select Airbag, then Monitors. Does the DRBIII display S Belt Lamp On by ACM ? Yes →...
Page 690: Interior Lighting
INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: DOOR/LIFTGATE LAMP OUTPUT SHORT POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION COURTESY LAMPS DRIVER - LIFTGATE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND COURTESY LAMPS DRIVER - DOOR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , clear all BCM DTC’s. With the DRBIII , read the DTC information.
Page 691: Front Courtesy Lamps Output Short
INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: FRONT COURTESY LAMPS OUTPUT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: FRONT COURTESY LAMPS OUTPUT SHORT When Monitored: Anytime the BCM is active. Set Condition: When the voltage of the Headlamp Switch MUX Return circuit falls below 5.0 volts for 10 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION FRONT COURTESY LAMP OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT...
Page 692: Reading Lamp Output Short
INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: READING LAMP OUTPUT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: READING LAMP OUTPUT SHORT When Monitored: Anytime the Body Control Module is active. Set Condition: When output voltage status is LOW. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION READING LAMPS DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT GLOVE BOX LAMP CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST...
Page 693: Memory Seat
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: BCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: BCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: Continuously when the PCI bus is active. Set Condition: If the Memory Seat Mirror Module does receive this Bus message from the BCM.
Page 694: Charging Voltage High Message
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: CHARGING VOLTAGE HIGH MESSAGE When Monitored and Set Condition: CHARGING VOLTAGE HIGH MESSAGE When Monitored: During cranking or with the engine running. Set Condition: When the Memory Seat Mirror Module receives three high charging system voltage messages above 15.94 volts over the PCI Bus. Code will remain for 50 ignition cycles.
Page 695: Charging Voltage Low Message
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: CHARGING VOLTAGE LOW MESSAGE When Monitored and Set Condition: CHARGING VOLTAGE LOW MESSAGE When Monitored: During cranking or with the engine running. Set Condition: When the Memory Seat Mirror Module receives three low charging system voltage messages below 9 volts over the PCI Bus. Code will remain for 50 ignition cycles. POSSIBLE CAUSES PCM TROUBLE CODES STORED CODE COMMUNICATION PROBLEMS...
Page 696: Eeprom Refresh Failure
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: EEPROM REFRESH FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: EEPROM REFRESH FAILURE When Monitored: With the ignition in the on position. Set Condition: The Memory Seat Mirror Module has a internal EEPROM failure. POSSIBLE CAUSES EEPROM REFRESH FAILURE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 697: Front Riser Down Position Stuck
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: FRONT RISER DOWN POSITION STUCK When Monitored and Set Condition: FRONT RISER DOWN POSITION STUCK When Monitored: Continuously when the PCI bus is active. Set Condition: If the seat switch is active for 30 seconds, this code will set and the Memory Seat Mirror Module will ignore the input until the state has changed.
Page 698 MEMORY SEAT FRONT RISER DOWN POSITION STUCK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Memory Seat Mirror Module. Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 699: Front Riser Sensor Out Of Range High
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored: Continuously when the PCI bus is active. Set Condition: This condition is immediately set when the seat motor potentiometer feeds a value higher than the Memory Seat Mirror Module has stored in EEPROM.
Page 700 MEMORY SEAT FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Front Riser Position Sensor connector. Measure the voltage between Seat Sensor 5 volt supply circuit and ground. Turn ignition on. Is the voltage above 5.5 volts? Yes →...
Page 701 MEMORY SEAT FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn ignition off. Disconnect the Memory Seat Mirror Module C2 connector. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Front Riser Position Sensor connector. Measure the resistance of the Seat Position Sensor Ground wire between the Driver Power Seat Front Riser Position Sensor connector and the MSMM C2 connector.
Page 702: Front Riser Sensor Out Of Range Low
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored: Continuously when the PCI bus is active. Set Condition: This code is immediately set when the seat motor potentiometer feeds a value lower than the Memory Seat Mirror Module has stored in EEPROM.
Page 703 MEMORY SEAT FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn ignition off. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Front Riser Position Sensor Connector. Disconnect the Memory Seat Mirror Module C1 Connector. Measure the resistance of the Front Riser Position Signal circuit between the front riser sensor and the Memory Seat Mirror Module connector.
Page 704 MEMORY SEAT FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn ignition off. Disconnect the Memory Seat Mirror Module C2 connector. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Front Riser Position Sensor connector. Measure the resistance of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply wire between the Front Riser Sensor connector and the C2 connector.
Page 705: Front Riser Up Position Stuck
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: FRONT RISER UP POSITION STUCK When Monitored and Set Condition: FRONT RISER UP POSITION STUCK When Monitored: Continuously when the PCI bus is active. Set Condition: If the seat switch is active for 30 seconds, this code will set and the MSMM will ignore the input until the state has changed.
Page 706 MEMORY SEAT FRONT RISER UP POSITION STUCK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Memory Seat Mirror Module. Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 707: Horizontal Forward Position Stuck
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: HORIZONTAL FORWARD POSITION STUCK When Monitored and Set Condition: HORIZONTAL FORWARD POSITION STUCK When Monitored: Continuously when the PCI bus is active. Set Condition: If the seat switch is active for 30 seconds, this code will set and the Memory Seat Mirror Module will ignore the input until the state has changed.
Page 708 MEMORY SEAT HORIZONTAL FORWARD POSITION STUCK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Memory Seat Mirror Module. Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 709: Horizontal Rearward Position Stuck
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: HORIZONTAL REARWARD POSITION STUCK When Monitored and Set Condition: HORIZONTAL REARWARD POSITION STUCK When Monitored: Continuously when the PCI bus is active. Set Condition: If the seat switch is active for 30 seconds, this code will set and the Memory Seat Mirror Module will ignore the input until the state has changed.
Page 710 MEMORY SEAT HORIZONTAL REARWARD POSITION STUCK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Power Seat Switch connector. Disconnect the Memory Seat Mirror Module C1 connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the Seat Horizontal Rearward Switch Sense circuit to ground..
Page 711: Horizontal Sensor Out Of Range High
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored: Continuously when the PCI bus is active. Set Condition: This condition is immediately set when the seat motor potentiometer feeds a value higher than the Memory Seat Mirror Module has stored in EEPROM.
Page 712 MEMORY SEAT HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Horizontal Position Sensor connector. Measure the voltage between Seat Sensor 5 volt supply circuit and ground. Turn ignition on. Is the voltage above 5.5 volts? Yes →...
Page 713 MEMORY SEAT HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn ignition off. Disconnect the Memory Seat Mirror Module C2 connector. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Horizontal Position Sensor connector. Measure the resistance of the Seat Position Sensor Ground wire between the Horizontal Sensor connector and the C2 connector.
Page 714: Horizontal Sensor Out Of Range Low
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored: Continuously when the PCI bus is active. Set Condition: This condition is immediately set when the seat motor potentiometer feeds a value lower than the Memory Seat Mirror Module has stored in EEPROM.
Page 715 MEMORY SEAT HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn ignition off. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Horizontal Position Sensor Connector. Disconnect the Memory Seat Mirror Module C1 Connector. Measure the resistance of the Horizontal Position Signal circuit between the Horizontal sensor and the Memory Seat Mirror Module connector.
Page 716 MEMORY SEAT HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn ignition off. Disconnect the Memory Seat Mirror Module C2 connector. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Horizontal Position Sensor connector. Measure the resistance of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply wire between the Horizontal Sensor connector and the C2 connector.
Page 717: Left Mirror Horizontal Sensor Out Of Range High
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: LEFT MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored: Continuously when the PCI bus is active Set Condition: This code is set when the mirror sensor feedback to the Memory Seat Mirror Module is greater than the mirror out of range high value stored in EEPROM.
Page 718 MEMORY SEAT LEFT MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Left Power Mirror connector. Measure the resistance of the Left Mirror Sensor Ground circuit in the harness connector to ground. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 719: Left Mirror Horizontal Sensor Out Of Range Low
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: LEFT MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored: Continuously when the PCI bus is active. Set Condition: This code is set when the mirror sensor feedback to the MSMM is less than the mirror out of range low value stored in EEPROM.
Page 720 MEMORY SEAT LEFT MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Memory Seat Mirror Module C1 connector. Disconnect the Left Power Mirror connector. Measure the resistance of the Left Mirror Horizontal Position Signal circuit to ground at the Left Power Mirror harness side connector.
Page 721: Left Mirror Vertical Sensor Out Of Range High
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: LEFT MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored: Continuously when the PCI bus is active. Set Condition: This code is set when the mirror sensor feedback to the Memory Seat Mirror Module is greater than the mirror out of range high value stored in EEPROM.
Page 722 MEMORY SEAT LEFT MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Left Power Mirror connector. Measure the resistance of the Left Mirror Sensor Ground circuit in the harness connector to ground. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 723: Left Mirror Vertical Sensor Out Of Range Low
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: LEFT MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored: Continuously when the PCI bus is active. Set Condition: This code is set when the mirror sensor feedback to the Memory Seat Mirror Module is less than the mirror out of range low value stored in EEPROM.
Page 724 MEMORY SEAT LEFT MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Memory Seat Mirror Module C1 connector. Disconnect the Left Power Mirror connector. Measure the resistance of the Left Mirror Vertical Position Signal circuit to ground at the Left Power Mirror harness side connector.
Page 725: Memory Position Switch Stuck
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: MEMORY POSITION SWITCH STUCK When Monitored and Set Condition: MEMORY POSITION SWITCH STUCK When Monitored: Anytime the Body Control Module is awake. Set Condition: If the Memory switch is active for over 10 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT MEMORY SET SWITCH STUCK MEMORY SELECT SWITCH MUX SHORT TO GROUND BODY CONTROL MODULE...
Page 726 MEMORY SEAT MEMORY POSITION SWITCH STUCK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Body Control Module. Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 727: Memory Switch Input Open
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: MEMORY SWITCH INPUT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: MEMORY SWITCH INPUT OPEN When Monitored: Continuously when the PCI bus is active. Set Condition: If the Memory Set switch voltage is greater than 4.8 volts for over 10 seconds.
Page 728 MEMORY SEAT MEMORY SWITCH INPUT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Memory Set switch connector. Disconnect the BCM C1 harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Memory Select Switch MUX circuit between the Memory Set Switch connector and the BCM C1 connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 729: Memory Switch Input Short
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: MEMORY SWITCH INPUT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: MEMORY SWITCH INPUT SHORT When Monitored: Anytime the Body Control Module is awake. Set Condition: If the Memory Set switch voltage is less than 1.35 volts for over 10 seconds.
Page 730 MEMORY SEAT MEMORY SWITCH INPUT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Body Control Module. Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 731: Rear Riser Down Position Stuck
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: REAR RISER DOWN POSITION STUCK When Monitored and Set Condition: REAR RISER DOWN POSITION STUCK When Monitored: Continuously when the PCI bus is active. Set Condition: If the seat switch is active for 30 seconds, this code will set and the Memory Seat Mirror Module will ignore the input until the state has changed.
Page 732 MEMORY SEAT REAR RISER DOWN POSITION STUCK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Memory Seat Mirror Module. Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 733: Rear Riser Sensor Out Of Range High
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored: Continuously when the PCI bus is active. Set Condition: This condition is immediately set when the seat motor potentiometer feeds a value higher than the Memory Seat Mirror Module has stored in EEPROM.
Page 734 MEMORY SEAT REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Rear Riser Position Sensor connector. Measure the voltage between Seat Sensor 5 volt supply circuit and ground. Turn ignition on. Is the voltage above 5.5 volts? Yes →...
Page 735 MEMORY SEAT REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn ignition off. Disconnect the Memory Seat Mirror Module C2 connector. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Rear Riser Position Sensor connector. Measure the resistance of the Seat Position Sensor Ground wire between the Rear Riser Sensor connector and the C2 connector.
Page 736: Rear Riser Sensor Out Of Range Low
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored: Continuously when the PCI bus is active. Set Condition: This condition is immediately set when the seat motor potentiometer feeds a value lower than the Memory Seat Mirror Module has stored in EEPROM.
Page 737 MEMORY SEAT REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn ignition off. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Rear Riser Position Sensor Connector. Disconnect the Memory Seat Mirror Module C1 Connector. Measure the resistance of the Rear Riser Position Signal circuit between the rear riser sensor and the Memory Seat Mirror Module connector.
Page 738 MEMORY SEAT REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn ignition off. Disconnect the Memory Seat Mirror Module C2 connector. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Rear Riser Position Sensor connector. Measure the resistance of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply wire between the Rear Riser Sensor connector and the C2 connector.
Page 739: Rear Riser Up Position Stuck
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: REAR RISER UP POSITION STUCK When Monitored and Set Condition: REAR RISER UP POSITION STUCK When Monitored: Continuously when the PCI bus is active. Set Condition: If the seat switch is active for 30 seconds, this code will set and the MSMM will ignore the input until the state has changed.
Page 740 MEMORY SEAT REAR RISER UP POSITION STUCK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Memory Seat Mirror Module. Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 741: Recliner Down Position Stuck
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: RECLINER DOWN POSITION STUCK When Monitored and Set Condition: RECLINER DOWN POSITION STUCK When Monitored: Continuously when the PCI bus is active. Set Condition: If the seat switch is active for 30 seconds, this code will set and the MSMM will ignore the input until the state has changed.
Page 742 MEMORY SEAT RECLINER DOWN POSITION STUCK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Memory Seat Mirror Module. Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 743: Recliner Sensor Out Of Range High
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored: Continuously when the PCI bus is active. Set Condition: This condition is immediately set when the seat motor potentiometer feeds a value higher than the Memory Seat Mirror Module has stored in EEPROM.
Page 744 MEMORY SEAT RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Recliner Position Sensor connector. Measure the voltage between Seat Sensor 5 volt supply circuit and ground. Turn ignition on. Is the voltage above 5.5 volts? Yes →...
Page 745 MEMORY SEAT RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn ignition off. Disconnect the Memory Seat Mirror Module C2 connector. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Recliner Position Sensor connector. Measure the resistance of the Seat Position Sensor Ground wire between the Recliner Sensor connector and the C2 connector.
Page 746: Recliner Sensor Out Of Range Low
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored: Continuously when the PCI bus is active. Set Condition: This condition is immediately set when the seat motor potentiometer feeds a value lower than the Memory Seat Mirror Module has stored in EEPROM.
Page 747 MEMORY SEAT RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn ignition off. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Recliner Position Sensor Connector. Disconnect the Memory Seat Mirror Module C1 Connector. Measure the resistance of the Recliner Position Signal circuit between the Recliner sensor and the Memory Seat Mirror Module connector.
Page 748 MEMORY SEAT RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn ignition off. Disconnect the Memory Seat Mirror Module C2 connector. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Recliner Position Sensor connector. Measure the resistance of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply wire between the Recliner Sensor connector and the C2 connector.
Page 749: Recliner Up Position Stuck
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: RECLINER UP POSITION STUCK When Monitored and Set Condition: RECLINER UP POSITION STUCK When Monitored: Continuously when the PCI bus is active. Set Condition: If the seat switch is active for 30 seconds, this code will set and the Memory Seat Mirror Module will ignore the input until the state has changed.
Page 750 MEMORY SEAT RECLINER UP POSITION STUCK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view Repair . Repair Replace the Memory Seat Mirror Module. Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 751: Right Mirror Horizontal Sensor Out Of Range High
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: RIGHT MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored: Continuously when the PCI bus is active. Set Condition: This code is set when the mirror sensor feedback to the Memory Seat Mirror Module is greater than the mirror out of range high value stored in EEPROM.
Page 752 MEMORY SEAT RIGHT MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Right Power Mirror connector. Measure the resistance of the Right Mirror Sensor Ground circuit in the harness connector to ground. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 753: Right Mirror Horizontal Sensor Out Of Range Low
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: RIGHT MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored: Continuously when the PCI bus is active. Set Condition: This code is set when the mirror sensor feedback to the Memory Seat Mirror Module is less than the mirror out of range low value stored in EEPROM.
Page 754 MEMORY SEAT RIGHT MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Memory Seat Mirror Module C1 connector. Disconnect the Right Power Mirror connector. Measure the resistance of the Right Mirror Horizontal Position Signal circuit to ground at the Right Power Mirror harness side connector.
Page 755: Right Mirror Vertical Sensor Out Of Range High
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: RIGHT MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored: Continuously when the PCI bus is active. Set Condition: This code is set when the mirror sensor feedback to the Memory Seat Mirror Module is greater than the mirror out of range high value stored in EEPROM.
Page 756 MEMORY SEAT RIGHT MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Right Power Mirror connector. Measure the resistance of the Right Mirror Sensor Ground circuit in the harness connector to ground. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 757: Right Mirror Vertical Sensor Out Of Range Low
MEMORY SEAT Symptom: RIGHT MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored: Continuously when the PCI bus is active. Set Condition: This code is set when the mirror sensor feedback to the Memory Seat Mirror Module is less than the mirror out of range low value stored in EEPROM.
Page 758 MEMORY SEAT RIGHT MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Memory Seat Mirror Module C1 connector. Disconnect the Right Power Mirror connector. Measure the resistance of the Right Mirror Vertical Position Signal circuit to ground at the Right Power Mirror harness side connector.
Page 759: Overhead Console
OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom: BUS MESSAGES MISSING When Monitored and Set Condition: BUS MESSAGES MISSING When Monitored: While the EVIC is performing a series of tests on the microprocessor, compass coil, and internal circuitry. Set Condition: The code will be set, if during the self test the EVIC does not receive messages from the BCM, FCM, EATX or PCM.
Page 760 OVERHEAD CONSOLE BUS MESSAGES MISSING — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , attempt to communicate with the EATX. Can communication be established with the EATX? Yes → Replace the EVIC Module. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. →...
Page 761: Compass Test Failure
OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom: COMPASS TEST FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: COMPASS TEST FAILURE When Monitored: During the EVIC self test. Set Condition: POSSIBLE CAUSES CMTC/EVIC MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Perform the CMTC/EVIC self test. Turn the ignition off. Depress and hold the RESET and STEP buttons while turning the ignition on. NOTE: This test may also be performed using the DRBIII .
Page 762: Demagnetize Compass As Per Service Manual
OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom: DEMAGNETIZE COMPASS AS PER SERVICE MANUAL When Monitored and Set Condition: DEMAGNETIZE COMPASS AS PER SERVICE MANUAL When Monitored: During the EVIC self test. Set Condition: Compass has been magnetized. POSSIBLE CAUSES DEMAGNETIZE COMPASS TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Refer to the Service Information for the Demagnetizing Procedure.
Page 763: Ec Mirror Day/Night Line Fault
OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom: EC MIRROR DAY/NIGHT LINE FAULT When Monitored and Set Condition: EC MIRROR DAY/NIGHT LINE FAULT When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The EVIC Module does not receive any messages from the EC Mirror. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION AUTOMATIC DAY/NIGHT MIRROR AUTOMATIC HEADLAMP SWITCH SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN...
Page 764 OVERHEAD CONSOLE EC MIRROR DAY/NIGHT LINE FAULT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the EVIC harness connector. Disconnect the Automatic Day/Night Mirror harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Automatic Headlamp Switch Sensor circuit between the Automatic Day/Night Mirror harness connector and the EVIC harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 765: Evic Internal Failure
OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom: EVIC INTERNAL FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: EVIC INTERNAL FAILURE When Monitored: When a SELF TEST command is received from the DRBIII, the EVIC performs a series of tests on the microprocessor, compass coil, and internal circuitry. Set Condition: The code will be set, if during the self test the EVIC detects a problem the microprocessor, compass coil, and internal circuitry.
Page 766: Loopback Failure
OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom: LOOPBACK FAILURE POSSIBLE CAUSES CMTC/EVIC MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , erase DTCs. Turn the ignition off, and wait approximately 15 seconds. With the DRBIII , read DTCs. Did this DTC reset? Yes →...
Page 767: No Bcm Messages Received
OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom: NO BCM MESSAGES RECEIVED POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT NO RESPONSE - PCI BUS - BCM CMTC/EVIC MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , erase DTCs. Cycle the ignition and wait approximately 1 minute. With the DRBIII , read DTCs. Did this DTC reset? Yes →...
Page 768: No Fcm Messages Received
OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom: NO FCM MESSAGES RECEIVED POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT NO RESPONSE - PCI BUS - FCM CMTC/EVIC MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , erase DTCs. Cycle the ignition and wait approximately 1 minute. With the DRBIII , read DTCs. Did this DTC reset? Yes →...
Page 769: No Pcm Messages Received
OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom: NO PCM MESSAGES RECEIVED POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT NO RESPONSE - PCI BUS - PCM CMTC/EVIC MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , erase DTCs. Cycle the ignition and wait approximately 15 seconds. With the DRBIII , read DTCs. Did this DTC reset? Yes →...
Page 770: No Tcm Messages Received
OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom: NO TCM MESSAGES RECEIVED POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT NO RESPONSE - PCI BUS - TCM CMTC/EVIC MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , erase DTCs. Cycle the ignition and wait approximately 1 minute. With the DRBIII , read DTCs. Did this DTC reset? Yes →...
Page 771: Otis Module Message Mismatch
OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom: OTIS MODULE MESSAGE MISMATCH When Monitored and Set Condition: OTIS MODULE MESSAGE MISMATCH When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: BCM has learned EC Mirror but the vehicle is Not equipped with EC Mirror. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION EVIC COMMUNICATION CMTC/EVIC MODULE...
Page 772 OVERHEAD CONSOLE OTIS MODULE MESSAGE MISMATCH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Install a substitute CMTC/EVIC Module in place of the original module. With the DRBIII , erase DTCs. Turn the ignition on. Cycle the ignition on and off, leaving the ignition in the on position for at least 15 seconds each time.
Page 773: Otis Module Message Mismatch (Diesel)
OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom: OTIS MODULE MESSAGE MISMATCH (DIESEL) When Monitored and Set Condition: OTIS MODULE MESSAGE MISMATCH (DIESEL) When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: FCM has learned EC Mirror but the vehicle is Not equipped with EC Mirror. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION CMTC/EVIC COMMUNICATION...
Page 774 OVERHEAD CONSOLE OTIS MODULE MESSAGE MISMATCH (DIESEL) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Install a substitute CMTC/EVIC Module in place of the original module. With the DRBIII , erase DTCs. Turn the ignition on. Cycle the ignition on and off, leaving the ignition in the on position for at least 15 seconds each time.
Page 775: Repairing Cmtc Displays Double Dash ( - - ) In Temp Display
OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom: *REPAIRING CMTC DISPLAYS DOUBLE DASH ( - - ) IN TEMP DISPLAY POSSIBLE CAUSES NO RESPONSE - PCI BUS - FRONT CONTROL MODULE CMTC BUS MESSAGE FAILURE COMPASS MINI-TRIP COMPUTER AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO SENSOR CIRCUIT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN...
Page 776 OVERHEAD CONSOLE *REPAIRING CMTC DISPLAYS DOUBLE DASH ( - - ) IN TEMP DISPLAY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Ambient Temperature Sensor harness connector. Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary. Measure the resistance of the Ambient Temperature Sensor. 0°C (32°F) Sensor Resistance = 29.33 - 35.99 kilohms 10°C (50°F) Sensor Resistance = 17.99 - 21.81 kilohms 20°C (68°F) Sensor Resistance = 11.37 - 13.61 kilohms...
Page 777 OVERHEAD CONSOLE *REPAIRING CMTC DISPLAYS DOUBLE DASH ( - - ) IN TEMP DISPLAY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Ambient Temperature Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the IPM C1 harness connector. Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary. Measure the resistance of the Ambient Temperature Sensor Return circuit.
Page 778: Power Door Locks/Rke
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLT- When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLTAGE When Monitored: At all times when battery power is supplied to the Body Control Module.
Page 779 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLTAGE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Driver Door Lock Switch connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check the Ground circuit in the harness connector. Does the test light illuminate brightly? Yes →...
Page 780: Driver Door Lock Switch Input Short
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT When Monitored: At all times when battery power is supplied to the Body Control Module. Set Condition: When the BCM senses voltage to the door lock switch below .5 volts for over 10 seconds.
Page 781 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Body Control Module. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 782: Driver Door Lock Switch Input Stuck
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK When Monitored: At all times when battery power is supplied to the Body Control Module. Set Condition: When the BCM senses voltage to the door lock switch between 1.3 and 3.25 for over 10 seconds.
Page 783 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Driver Door Lock Switch connector. Measure the voltage between Door Lock Switch Mux circuit and ground. Is the voltage above 4.6 volts? Yes → Go To 5 →...
Page 784: Left Cylinder Lock Switch Input Open Or Short To Voltage
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLTAGE When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLTAGE When Monitored: At all times when battery power is supplied to the Body Control Module.
Page 785 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLTAGE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Left Cylinder Lock Switch connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check the Ground circuit in the harness connector. Does the test light illuminate brightly? Yes →...
Page 786: Left Cylinder Lock Switch Input Short
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT When Monitored: At all times when battery power is supplied to the Body Control Module. Set Condition: When the BCM senses voltage to the cylinder lock switch below .5 volts for over 10 seconds.
Page 787 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Right Cylinder Lock Switch connector. Disconnect the Body Control Module C3 connector. Measure the resistance between Cylinder Lock Switch Mux circuit and ground. Is the resistance below 1000.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 788: Left Cylinder Lock Switch Input Stuck
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK When Monitored: At all times when battery power is supplied to the Body Control Module. Set Condition: When the BCM senses voltage to the cylinder lock switch between 1.3 and 3.25 for over 10 seconds.
Page 789 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Left Cylinder Lock Switch connector. Measure the voltage between Cylinder Lock Switch Mux circuit and ground. Is the voltage above 4.6 volts? Yes → Go To 5 →...
Page 790: Left Unlock Output Failure
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: LEFT UNLOCK OUTPUT FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT UNLOCK OUTPUT FAILURE When Monitored: At all times when battery power is supplied to the Body Control Module. Set Condition: When the BCM senses a short condition on the left side door unlock circuits for over 125 milliseconds.
Page 791 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE LEFT UNLOCK OUTPUT FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 connector. Disconnect the Left Front Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Left Front Door Unlock Driver circuit.
Page 792: Liftgate Cylinder Lock Switch Input Open Or Short To Voltage
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLTAGE - (EXPORT ONLY) When Monitored and Set Condition: LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLTAGE - (EXPORT ONLY) When Monitored: At all times when battery power is supplied to the Body Control Module.
Page 793 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLTAGE - (EXPORT ONLY) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Liftgate Cylinder Switch connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check the Ground circuit. Does the test light illuminate brightly? Yes →...
Page 794: Liftgate Cylinder Lock Switch Input Short - (Export Only)
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT - (EXPORT ONLY) When Monitored and Set Condition: LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT - (EXPORT ONLY) When Monitored: At all times when battery power is supplied to the Body Control Module.
Page 795 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT - (EXPORT ONLY) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Liftgate Cylinder Switch connector. Disconnect the Body Control Module C3 connector. Measure the resistance between Cylinder Lock Switch Mux circuit and ground. Is the resistance below 1000.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 796: Liftgate Cylinder Lock Switch Input Stuck - (Export Only)
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK - (EXPORT ONLY) When Monitored and Set Condition: LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK - (EXPORT ONLY) When Monitored: At all times when battery power is supplied to the Body Control Module.
Page 797 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK - (EXPORT ONLY) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Liftgate Cylinder Lock Switch connector. Measure the voltage between Cylinder Lock Switch Mux circuit and ground. Is the voltage above 4.6 volts? Yes →...
Page 798: Liftgate Power Release Output Short
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: LIFTGATE POWER RELEASE OUTPUT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: LIFTGATE POWER RELEASE OUTPUT SHORT When Monitored: Continuously for non power liftgate vehicles Set Condition: When the Body Control Module senses a low output on the Liftgate Release Driver circuit for longer than 125 ms during a liftgate release actuation.
Page 799 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE LIFTGATE POWER RELEASE OUTPUT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Liftgate Release Motor. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 800: Lock Output Failure
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: LOCK OUTPUT FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: LOCK OUTPUT FAILURE When Monitored: At all times when battery power is supplied to the Body Control Module. Set Condition: When the BCM senses a short condition on the door lock circuits for over 125 milliseconds.
Page 801 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE LOCK OUTPUT FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary. Measure the resistance between ground and each of the Door Lock Driver circuits. Select the appropriate reading. Right Front Door Lock under 1000.0 ohm Go To 3 Right Sliding Door Lock under 1000.0 ohm...
Page 802 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE LOCK OUTPUT FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 connector. Disconnect the Left Sliding Door Lock Motor connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Left Sliding Door Lock Driver circuit. Is the resistance below 1000.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 803: Passenger Door Lock Switch Input Open Or Short To Voltage
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLTAGE When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLTAGE When Monitored: At all times when battery power is supplied to the Body Control Module.
Page 804 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLT - AGE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Passenger Door Lock Switch connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check the Ground circuit. Does the test light illuminate brightly? Yes →...
Page 805: Passenger Door Lock Switch Input Short
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT When Monitored: At all times when battery power is supplied to the Body Control Module. Set Condition: When the BCM senses voltage to the door lock switch below .5 volts for over 10 seconds.
Page 806 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Disconnect the BCM harness connector(s). Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary. If okay, replace the Body Control Module.
Page 807: Passenger Door Lock Switch Input Stuck
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK When Monitored: At all times when battery power is supplied to the Body Control Module. Set Condition: When the BCM senses voltage to the door lock switch between 1.3 and 3.25 for over 10 seconds.
Page 808 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Passenger Door Lock Switch connector. Measure the voltage between Door Lock Switch Mux circuit and ground. Is the voltage above 4.6 volts? Yes → Go To 5 →...
Page 809: Right Cylinder Lock Switch Input Open Or Short To Voltage
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLTAGE When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLTAGE When Monitored: At all times when battery power is supplied to the Body Control Module.
Page 810 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLT - AGE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Right Cylinder Lock Switch connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check the Ground circuit. Does the test light illuminate brightly? Yes →...
Page 811: Right Cylinder Lock Switch Input Short
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT When Monitored: At all times when battery power is supplied to the Body Control Module. Set Condition: When the BCM senses voltage to the cylinder lock switch below .5 volts for over 10 seconds.
Page 812 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Body Control Module. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 813: Right Cylinder Lock Switch Input Stuck
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK When Monitored: At all times when battery power is supplied to the Body Control Module. Set Condition: When the BCM senses voltage to the cylinder lock switch between 1.3 and 3.25 for over 10 seconds.
Page 814 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Right Cylinder Lock Switch connector. Measure the voltage between Cylinder Lock Switch Mux circuit and ground. Is the voltage above 4.6 volts? Yes → Go To 5 →...
Page 815: Right Unlock Output Failure
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: RIGHT UNLOCK OUTPUT FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT UNLOCK OUTPUT FAILURE When Monitored: At all times when battery power is supplied to the Body Control Module. Set Condition: When the BCM senses a short condition on the right side door unlock circuits for over 125 milliseconds.
Page 816 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE RIGHT UNLOCK OUTPUT FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 connector. Disconnect the Right Front Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Right Front Door Unlock Driver circuit.
Page 817: Rke Program Line Output Open
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: RKE PROGRAM LINE OUTPUT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: RKE PROGRAM LINE OUTPUT OPEN When Monitored: With ignition in the RUN position. Set Condition: When the BCM senses an open or short to ground signal on the RKE Module Program Enable circuit for longer than 0.125 msec.
Page 818 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE RKE PROGRAM LINE OUTPUT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry Module connector. Disconnect the Body Control Module C4 connector. Measure the resistance of the RKE Module Program Enable circuit between the RKE Module connector and the BCM C4 connector.
Page 819: Rke Program Line Output Short
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: RKE PROGRAM LINE OUTPUT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: RKE PROGRAM LINE OUTPUT SHORT When Monitored: With ignition in the RUN position. Set Condition: When the BCM senses an over current on the RKE Module Program Enable circuit and the RKE is in PROGRAM or DIAGNOSTIC mode.
Page 820: Remote Keyless Entry Problem
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: *REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY PROBLEM POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT SUBSTITUTE TRANSMITTER FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY INTERFACE WIRE OPEN REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY INTERFACE WIRE SHORT TO GROUND BODY CONTROL MODULE - INTERFACE OPEN REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE - OPEN TEST ACTION...
Page 821 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE *REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY PROBLEM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Gain access to the RKE module. Turn the ignition off and disconnect the RKE module connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check the Ground circuit. Does the test light illuminate brightly? Yes →...
Page 822: Power Doors - Liftgate
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE Symptom: AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored: Whenever the Power Liftgate Module is awake. Set Condition: If the module senses a resistance above 382K ohms on the Liftgate Temperature Sensor Signal circuit, this code will set.
Page 823 POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Remove the power liftgate motor trim panel. Disconnect the Power Liftgate Module C2 connector. Disconnect the License Lamp (light bar) connector. Measure the resistance of the liftgate Temperature Sensor Signal circuit between the License Lamp connector and the PLG C2 connector.
Page 824: Ambient Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To Ground
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE Symptom: AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored: Whenever the Power Liftgate Module is awake. Set Condition: If the module senses a resistance below 1000 ohms on the Liftgate Temperature Sensor Signal circuit, this code will set.
Page 825 POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Remove the power liftgate motor trim panel. Disconnect the Power Liftgate Module C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the liftgate Temperature Sensor Signal circuit to the Ground circuit (cavity 20) in the PLG C2 connector.
Page 826: Control Module Failure - Internal Failure
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE Symptom: CONTROL MODULE FAILURE - INTERNAL FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: CONTROL MODULE FAILURE - INTERNAL FAILURE When Monitored: Anytime the module is awake. Set Condition: Whenever the module senses an internal failure (EEPROM, ROM, ADC) this code will set.
Page 827: Incomplete Latch Cinch - No Pawl Transition
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE Symptom: INCOMPLETE LATCH CINCH - NO PAWL TRANSITION When Monitored and Set Condition: INCOMPLETE LATCH CINCH - NO PAWL TRANSITION When Monitored: Whenever the power liftgate in performing a cinching operation. Set Condition: The pawl switch was not detected as returning to ground during the transition between secondary and primary cinch operation.
Page 828 POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE INCOMPLETE LATCH CINCH - NO PAWL TRANSITION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Power Liftgate C2 connector. Disconnect the Liftgate Cinch/Release Motor connector. Measure the resistance of the Ground wire between the PLG C2 connector (cavity 20) and the Liftgate Cinch/Release Motor connector (cavity 1).
Page 829: Incomplete Latch Cinch - Overcurrent
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE Symptom: INCOMPLETE LATCH CINCH - OVERCURRENT When Monitored and Set Condition: INCOMPLETE LATCH CINCH - OVERCURRENT When Monitored: Whenever the power liftgate is performing a cinching operation. Set Condition: The latch motor stall current of 6.2 amps has been detected, with no pawl or ratchet failure.
Page 830 POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE INCOMPLETE LATCH CINCH - OVERCURRENT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Power Liftgate Module C2 connector. Disconnect the Liftgate Cinch/Release Motor connector. Measure the resistance of the Liftgate Latch Cinch Driver circuit between the Power Liftgate Module C2 connector and the Liftgate Cinch/Release Motor connector.
Page 831 POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE INCOMPLETE LATCH CINCH - OVERCURRENT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Power Liftgate Module C2 connector. Disconnect the Liftgate Cinch/Release Motor connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Liftgate Latch Release Driver circuit.
Page 832: Incomplete Latch Release - Ratchet Switch Failure
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE Symptom: INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE - RATCHET SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE - RATCHET SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored: Whenever the power liftgate is performing a release operation. Set Condition: The pawl switch was grounded but the ratchet switch remained open. This code will set only in the release operation.
Page 833 POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE - RATCHET SWITCH FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs, read the RATCHET state. Open the liftgate to full open position. Using a screwdriver, click the latch to the second detent while observing the DRBIII .
Page 834: Incomplete Latch Release- Pawl Switch Failure
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE Symptom: INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- PAWL SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- PAWL SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored: Whenever the power liftgate is operating in an opening direction. Set Condition: The release operation was not completed due to the non-transition of the pawl switch during the power release operation.
Page 835 POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- PAWL SWITCH FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs, read the PAWL state. Open the liftgate to full open position. Using a screwdriver, click the latch to the first detent while observing the DRB111 . Unlatch the latch by pressing the handle switch or using the key and observe the DRB111 for a state change.
Page 836: Incomplete Latch Release- Sector Gear Return Failure
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE Symptom: INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- SECTOR GEAR RETURN FAIL- When Monitored and Set Condition: INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- SECTOR GEAR RETURN FAILURE When Monitored: Whenever the power liftgate is operating. Set Condition: If the cinch release motor takes longer than 700 ms to perform a release operation this code will set.
Page 837: Engagement
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE Symptom: INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - FULL OPEN SWITCH FAILURE/ NON ENGAGEMENT When Monitored and Set Condition: INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - FULL OPEN SWITCH FAILURE/NON ENGAGE- MENT When Monitored: Whenever the power liftgate is closing. Set Condition: The Full Open Switch was detected as closed before 200 hall effect pulses were counted since the start of the close operation.
Page 838: Incomplete Power Close - Full Open Switch Failure/Non
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - FULL OPEN SWITCH FAILURE/NON ENGAGEMENT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs, read the FULL OPEN SWITCH state. Open the liftgate to mid position. While monitoring the DRBIII , wiggle the wiring harness from the Power Liftgate Module to the Full Open Switch on the Power Liftgate Motor assembly.
Page 839: Engagement
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE Symptom: INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - EXCESSIVE H.E. COUNTS/NON ENGAGEMENT When Monitored and Set Condition: INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - EXCESSIVE H.E. COUNTS/NON ENGAGEMENT When Monitored: During Power Liftgate closing cycle. Set Condition: If the PLG Module detects that the Power Liftgate Motor has generated more than 700 hall effect pulses during a full power cycle, this code will set.
Page 840 POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - EXCESSIVE H.E. COUNTS/NON EN - GAGEMENT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Examine the liftgate for proper alignment, worn or binding hinges, weak liftgate prop assembly, loose/ hard weatherstrip, and gear teeth on the Power Liftgate Motor assembly for wear or anything that would cause an obstruction to proper operation.
Page 841 POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - EXCESSIVE H.E. COUNTS/NON EN - GAGEMENT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Power Liftgate Motor connector. Disconnect the Power Liftgate Module C2 connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Liftgate Gear Engage Driver circuit. Is the resistance below 10000.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 842 POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - EXCESSIVE H.E. COUNTS/NON EN - GAGEMENT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Power Liftgate Motor Assembly. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 843: Incomplete Power Close - Hall Effect Signal Missing
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE Symptom: INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - HALL EFFECT SIGNAL MISSING When Monitored and Set Condition: INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - HALL EFFECT SIGNAL MISSING When Monitored: Whenever the power liftgate is performing a power close operation. Set Condition: The PLG Module detects that the motor is rotating (monitors hall effect pulses) but no hall effect pulses are being detected.
Page 844 POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - HALL EFFECT SIGNAL MISSING — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Examine the liftgate for proper alignment, worn or binding hinges, weak liftgate prop assembly, loose/ hard weatherstrip, and gear teeth on the power liftgate motor assembly for wear or anything that would cause an obstruction to proper operation.
Page 845 POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - HALL EFFECT SIGNAL MISSING — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Power Liftgate Motor connector. Disconnect the Power Liftgate Module C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the Liftgate Hall Effect Signal circuit between the Power Liftgate Motor connector and the Power Liftgate Module C2 connector.
Page 846: Incomplete Power Close - Over Current
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE Symptom: INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - OVER CURRENT When Monitored and Set Condition: INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - OVER CURRENT When Monitored: Anytime the liftgate is in a closing operation. Set Condition: The drive motor stall current of over 24 amps has been detected for over 500 ms.
Page 847 POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - OVER CURRENT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Examine the liftgate for proper alignment, worn or binding hinges, weak or binding liftgate prop rods, loose/ hard weatherstrip, and gear teeth on the power liftgate motor assembly for wear or anything that would cause an obstruction to proper operation.
Page 848 POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - OVER CURRENT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Power Liftgate Module C2 connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Liftgate Gear Engage Driver circuit. Wiggle the harness and check for an intermittent short condition. Is the resistance below 1000.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 849: Incomplete Power Close - Transistor Shorted
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE Symptom: INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - TRANSISTOR SHORTED When Monitored and Set Condition: INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - TRANSISTOR SHORTED When Monitored: Whenever the power liftgate is performing a power close operation. Set Condition: The Power Liftgate Module detects that the motor is rotating (monitors hall effect pulses) even though the controlled PWM rate is 0 percent.
Page 850: Incomplete Power Close - Voltage Below Minimum Level
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE Symptom: INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - VOLTAGE BELOW MINIMUM LEVEL When Monitored and Set Condition: INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - VOLTAGE BELOW MINIMUM LEVEL When Monitored: Whenever the power liftgate is performing a power close operation. Set Condition: The PLG Module detects that the voltage is below 9.5 volts during the power close operation.
Page 851 POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - VOLTAGE BELOW MINIMUM LEVEL — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Test the battery to ensure it is fully charged and in good condition before proceeding. Turn the ignition off. Turn all lights and accessories off. With the DRBIII in Power Liftgate Monitor Display PCI Bus Info read the...
Page 852 POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE Symptom: INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - FULL OPEN SWITCH FAILURE/ NON ENGAGEMENT When Monitored and Set Condition: INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - FULL OPEN SWITCH FAILURE/NON ENGAGE- MENT When Monitored: During the Power Liftgate open cycle. Set Condition: The Full Open Switch was detected as closed before 200 hall effect pulses were counted since the start of the open operation.
Page 853: Incomplete Power Open - Full Open Switch Failure/Non
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - FULL OPEN SWITCH FAILURE/NON ENGAGEMENT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs, read the FULL OPEN SWITCH state. Open the liftgate to mid position. While monitoring the DRBIII , wiggle the wiring harness from the Power Liftgate Module to the Full Open Switch on the Power Liftgate Motor assembly.
Page 854: Engagement
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE Symptom: INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - EXCESSIVE H.E. COUNTS/NON ENGAGEMENT When Monitored and Set Condition: INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - EXCESSIVE H.E. COUNTS/NON ENGAGEMENT When Monitored: During Power Liftgate opening cycle. Set Condition: If the PLG Module detects that the Power Liftgate Motor has generated more than 700 hall effect pulses during a full power cycle, this code will set.
Page 855 POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - EXCESSIVE H.E. COUNTS/NON ENGAGE - MENT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Examine the liftgate for proper alignment, worn or binding hinges, weak liftgate prop assembly, loose/ hard weatherstrip, and gear teeth on the Power Liftgate Motor assembly for wear or anything that would cause an obstruction to proper operation.
Page 856 POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - EXCESSIVE H.E. COUNTS/NON ENGAGE - MENT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Power Liftgate Motor connector. Disconnect the Power Liftgate Module C2 connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Liftgate Gear Engage Driver circuit. Is the resistance below 10000.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 857 POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - EXCESSIVE H.E. COUNTS/NON ENGAGE - MENT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Power Liftgate Motor Assembly. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 858: Incomplete Power Open - Hall Effect Signal Missing
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE Symptom: INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - HALL EFFECT SIGNAL MISSING When Monitored and Set Condition: INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - HALL EFFECT SIGNAL MISSING When Monitored: Whenever the power liftgate is performing a power open operation. Set Condition: The PLG Module detects that the motor is rotating (monitors hall effect pulses) but no hall effect pulses are being detected.
Page 859 POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - HALL EFFECT SIGNAL MISSING — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Examine the liftgate for proper alignment, worn or binding hinges, weak liftgate prop assembly, loose/ hard weatherstrip, and gear teeth on the Power Liftgate Motor assembly for wear or anything that would cause an obstruction to proper operation.
Page 860 POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - HALL EFFECT SIGNAL MISSING — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Power Liftgate Motor connector. Disconnect the Power Liftgate Module C2 connector. Measure the resistance between the Ground circuit (cavity 20) and the Liftgate Hall Effect Supply circuit.
Page 861: Incomplete Power Open - Overcurrent
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE Symptom: INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - OVERCURRENT When Monitored and Set Condition: INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - OVERCURRENT When Monitored: Anytime the Power Liftgate is in a power open operation. Set Condition: The drive motor stall current of over 24 amps has been detected for over 500 ms.
Page 862 POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - OVERCURRENT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Examine the liftgate for proper alignment, worn or binding hinges, weak liftgate prop assembly, loose/ hard weatherstrip, and gear teeth on the Power Liftgate Motor assembly for wear or anything that would cause an obstruction to proper operation. If necessary manually operate the liftgate of a known good vehicle and notice the effort needed.
Page 863 POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - OVERCURRENT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Power Liftgate Module C1 connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Liftgate Open Driver circuit. Wiggle the harness and check for an intermittent short circuit condition. Is the resistance below 1000.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 864: Incomplete Power Open - Transistor Shorted
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE Symptom: INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - TRANSISTOR SHORTED When Monitored and Set Condition: INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - TRANSISTOR SHORTED When Monitored: Whenever the power liftgate is performing a power open operation. Set Condition: The Power Liftgate Module detects that the motor is rotating (monitors hall effect pulses) even though the controlled PWM rate is 0 percent.
Page 865: Incomplete Power Open - Voltage Below Minimum Level
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE Symptom: INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - VOLTAGE BELOW MINIMUM LEVEL When Monitored and Set Condition: INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - VOLTAGE BELOW MINIMUM LEVEL When Monitored: Whenever the power liftgate is performing a power open operation. Set Condition: The PLG Module detects that the voltage is below 9.5 volts during the power open operation.
Page 866 POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - VOLTAGE BELOW MINIMUM LEVEL — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Test the battery to ensure it is fully charged and in good condition before proceeding. Turn the ignition off. Turn all lights and accessories off. With the DRBIII in Power Liftgate Monitor Display PCI Bus Info read the...
Page 867: Iod Wake Up Open - Plg
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE Symptom: IOD WAKE UP OPEN - PLG When Monitored and Set Condition: IOD WAKE UP OPEN - PLG When Monitored: Anytime the Body Control Module is awake. Set Condition: If the BCM does not sense a signal circuit from the Liftgate Module this code will set.
Page 868 POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE IOD WAKE UP OPEN - PLG — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 connector. Disconnect the Power Liftgate Module C2 connector. Measure the resistance between the Liftgate Module Wake Up Signal circuit and ground.
Page 869: Loopback Test Failure
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE Symptom: LOOPBACK TEST FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: LOOPBACK TEST FAILURE When Monitored: Anytime the Power Liftgate Module is awake. Set Condition: The Power Liftgate Module did not receive its own transmitted message on the PCI bus back (loopback) for longer than 1 second. POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT POWER LIFTGATE MODULE...
Page 870: Loss Of Bcm Messages
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE Symptom: LOSS OF BCM MESSAGES When Monitored and Set Condition: LOSS OF BCM MESSAGES When Monitored: Whenever the ignition is on. Set Condition: If the PLG Module losses communication with the BCM for over 5 seconds, this code will set.
Page 871: Loss Of Eatx Messages
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE Symptom: LOSS OF EATX MESSAGES When Monitored and Set Condition: LOSS OF EATX MESSAGES When Monitored: Whenever the ignition is in the UNLOCK or RUN position. Set Condition: If the PLG Module does not receive a PRNDL message for over 5 seconds, this code will set.
Page 872: Loss Of Sbec Messages
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE Symptom: LOSS OF SBEC MESSAGES When Monitored and Set Condition: LOSS OF SBEC MESSAGES When Monitored: Whenever the ignition is in the RUN position. Set Condition: If the PLG Module does not receive a speed message from the Powertrain Control Module for over 5 seconds, this code will set.
Page 873: Outside Liftgate Handle Input Short
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE Symptom: OUTSIDE LIFTGATE HANDLE INPUT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: OUTSIDE LIFTGATE HANDLE INPUT SHORT When Monitored: Whenever the Body Control Module is awake. Set Condition: When the BCM senses a voltage of less than 1.0 volts on the Liftgate Handle Switch Sense circuit for longer than 10 seconds this code will set.
Page 874: Outside Liftgate Handle Input Stuck
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE Symptom: OUTSIDE LIFTGATE HANDLE INPUT STUCK When Monitored and Set Condition: OUTSIDE LIFTGATE HANDLE INPUT STUCK When Monitored: Whenever the Body Control Module is awake. Set Condition: When the BCM senses a liftgate handle input on the Liftgate Handle Switch Sense circuit for longer than 10 seconds this code will set.
Page 875: Overhead Liftgate Switch Input Stuck
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE Symptom: OVERHEAD LIFTGATE SWITCH INPUT STUCK When Monitored and Set Condition: OVERHEAD LIFTGATE SWITCH INPUT STUCK When Monitored: Whenever the BCM is awake. Set Condition: When the BCM senses a overhead liftgate switch input for over 10 seconds, this code will set.
Page 876: Overhead Liftgate/Lockout Switches Open Or Sht To Voltage
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE Symptom: OVERHEAD LIFTGATE/LOCKOUT SWITCHES OPEN OR SHT TO VOLTAGE When Monitored and Set Condition: OVERHEAD LIFTGATE/LOCKOUT SWITCHES OPEN OR SHT TO VOLTAGE When Monitored: Whenever the BCM is awake. Set Condition: When the BCM senses a overhead liftgate switch input that is greater than 4.8 volts for over 10 seconds, this code will set.
Page 877 POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE OVERHEAD LIFTGATE/LOCKOUT SWITCHES OPEN OR SHT TO VOLT - AGE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary. Turn the ignition on. Turn the park lamps on. Measure the voltage between ground and the Liftgate Switch Mux circuit.
Page 878: Overhead Liftgate/Lockout Switches Short
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE Symptom: OVERHEAD LIFTGATE/LOCKOUT SWITCHES SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: OVERHEAD LIFTGATE/LOCKOUT SWITCHES SHORT When Monitored: Whenever the BCM is awake. Set Condition: When the BCM senses a overhead liftgate switch input that drops to below 0.24 volts for over 10 seconds, this code will set.
Page 879: Pinch Sensor Circuit Open
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE Symptom: PINCH SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: PINCH SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored: Whenever the Power Liftgate is operating. Set Condition: The power liftgate module has detected the pinch sensor circuit voltage is above 4.6 volts.
Page 880 POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE PINCH SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Remove the Liftgate trim panel. Disconnect the Liftgate Right Pinch Sensor connector. Disconnect the Liftgate Left Pinch Sensor connector. Measure the resistance of the Right Pinch Sensor Signal circuit between the Liftgate Left Pinch Sensor connector and the Liftgate Right Pinch Sensor connector.
Page 881 POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE PINCH SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Remove the Power Liftgate Motor trim panel. Remove the liftgate trim panel. Disconnect the Power Liftgate Module C2 connector. Disconnect the Liftgate Left Pinch Sensor connector. Measure the resistance of the Pinch Sensor Signal circuit between the PLG C2 connector and the Liftgate Left Pinch Sensor connector.
Page 882: Pinch Sensor Signal Circuit Short To Ground
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE Symptom: PINCH SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: PINCH SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored: Whenever the Power Liftgate is operating. Set Condition: The power liftgate module has detected the pinch sensor circuit voltage is shorted to ground.
Page 883 POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE PINCH SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Remove the Power Liftgate Motor trim panel. Remove the Liftgate trim panel. Disconnect the Power Liftgate Module C2 connector. Disconnect the Right Pinch Sensor connector Measure the resistance between ground and the Pinch Sensor Signal circuit.
Page 884: Power Liftgate Inoperative
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE Symptom: *POWER LIFTGATE INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC’S PRESENT MODULE RESPONSE INTERMITTENT PROBLEM SYSTEM TESTS TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII check for response from the Body Computer and the Power Liftgate Modules Is there response from both modules? Yes →...
Page 885: Power Doors - Sliding
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored: Anytime the Power Sliding Door Module is awake. Set Condition: If the Power Sliding Door Modules internal thermistor becomes open, this code will set.
Page 886: Ambient Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To Ground
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored: Anytime the Power Sliding Door Module is awake. Set Condition: If the Power Sliding Door Modules internal thermistor is shorted, this code will set.
Page 887: Control Module Failure - Internal Failure
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: CONTROL MODULE FAILURE - INTERNAL FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: CONTROL MODULE FAILURE - INTERNAL FAILURE When Monitored: Anytime the module is awake. Set Condition: Whenever the module senses an internal failure (EEPROM, ROM, ADC) this code will set.
Page 888: Incomplete Latch Cinch - No Pawl Transition
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: INCOMPLETE LATCH CINCH - NO PAWL TRANSITION When Monitored and Set Condition: INCOMPLETE LATCH CINCH - NO PAWL TRANSITION When Monitored: Whenever the power sliding door in operating. Set Condition: The pawl switch was not detected as returning to ground during the transition between secondary and primary cinch operation.
Page 889 POWER DOORS - SLIDING INCOMPLETE LATCH CINCH - NO PAWL TRANSITION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Sliding Door Control Module C2 connector. Disconnect the Sliding Door Latch Sensing Switch connector (latch assembly). Measure the resistance of the Ground wires (both) between the PSD C2 connector (cavity 20) and the Sliding Door Latch Sensing Switch connector.
Page 890: Incomplete Latch Cinch - Overcurrent
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: INCOMPLETE LATCH CINCH - OVERCURRENT When Monitored and Set Condition: INCOMPLETE LATCH CINCH - OVERCURRENT When Monitored: Whenever the power sliding door is operating in the closing direction. Set Condition: The latch motor stall current of 6.2 amps has been detected, with no pawl or ratchet failure.
Page 891 POWER DOORS - SLIDING INCOMPLETE LATCH CINCH - OVERCURRENT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Sliding Door Control Module C2 connector. Disconnect the Cinch/Release Motor connector. Measure the resistance of the Cinch/Release Motor Latch Driver circuit between the Sliding Door Control Module C2 connector and the Cinch/Release Motor connector.
Page 892: Incomplete Latch Release - Full Open Switch Failure
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE - FULL OPEN SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE - FULL OPEN SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored: Whenever the power sliding door is operating in the closing direction. Set Condition: The release operation had stalled or the current was exceeded before the full open switch had changed state during the release.
Page 893 POWER DOORS - SLIDING INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE - FULL OPEN SWITCH FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Examine the door for proper fit and alignment, foreign material in the lower drive unit or anything that would cause an obstruction to proper operation of the Full Open Switch.
Page 894 POWER DOORS - SLIDING INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE - FULL OPEN SWITCH FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Power Sliding Door C2 connector. Disconnect the Full Open Switch connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Full Open Switch circuit. Is the resistance below 1000.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 895: Incomplete Latch Release - Ratchet Switch Failure
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE - RATCHET SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE - RATCHET SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored: Whenever the power sliding door is operating in an opening direction. Set Condition: The pawl switch was grounded but the ratchet switch remained open. This code will set only in the release operation.
Page 896 POWER DOORS - SLIDING INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE - RATCHET SWITCH FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs, read the RATCHET state. Open the sliding door to full open position. Using a screwdriver, click the latch to the second detent while observing the DRB111 .
Page 897: Incomplete Latch Release- No Reverse To Unload Clutch
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- NO REVERSE TO UNLOAD CLUTCH When Monitored and Set Condition: INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- NO REVERSE TO UNLOAD CLUTCH When Monitored: Whenever the power sliding door is operating. Set Condition: If the cinch release motor takes longer than 700 ms to perform a release operation this code will set.
Page 898: Incomplete Latch Release- Overcurrent
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- OVERCURRENT When Monitored and Set Condition: INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- OVERCURRENT When Monitored: Whenever the power sliding door is operating in the closing direction. Set Condition: The latch motor stall current of 6.2 amps was detected during a non-redundant release.
Page 899 POWER DOORS - SLIDING INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- OVERCURRENT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs, read the FULL OPEN SWITCH state. Open and close the door manually and observe the Full Open Switch. Did the switch toggle from open to close? Yes →...
Page 900: Incomplete Latch Release- Pawl Switch Failure
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- PAWL SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- PAWL SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored: Whenever the power sliding door is operating in an opening direction. Set Condition: The release operation was not completed due to non-transition of the pawl switch during the power release operation.
Page 901 POWER DOORS - SLIDING INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- PAWL SWITCH FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Examine the door for proper fit and alignment, loose/ hard or torn seals, worn teeth on the rack and gear (lower drive unit) or anything that would cause an obstruction to proper operation.
Page 902: Incomplete Latch Release- Sector Gear Return Failure
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- SECTOR GEAR RETURN FAIL- When Monitored and Set Condition: INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- SECTOR GEAR RETURN FAILURE When Monitored: Whenever the power sliding door is operating. Set Condition: If the cinch release motor takes longer than 700 ms to perform a release operation this code will set.
Page 903: Incomplete Power Close - Full Open Switch Failure
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - FULL OPEN SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - FULL OPEN SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored: Whenever the power sliding door is operating in the closing direction. Set Condition: The Full Open Switch was detected as closed before 100 hall effect pulses were counted since the start of the close operation.
Page 904 POWER DOORS - SLIDING INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - FULL OPEN SWITCH FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs, read the FULL OPEN SWITCH state. Open the Sliding Door to mid position. While monitoring the DRBIII , wiggle the wiring harness from the Power Sliding Door Module to the Full Open Switch on the lower drive unit.
Page 905: Incomplete Power Close - Excessive Hall Effect Signal
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - EXCESSIVE HALL EFFECT SIG- When Monitored and Set Condition: INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - EXCESSIVE HALL EFFECT SIGNAL When Monitored: Anytime the power sliding door is in the closing cycle. Set Condition: If during a closing operation the PSD module detects an excessive hall effect signal time period, this code will set.
Page 906 POWER DOORS - SLIDING INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - EXCESSIVE HALL EFFECT SIGNAL — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Examine the door for proper fit and alignment, loose/ hard or torn seals, worn teeth on the track and gear (lower drive unit) or anything that would cause an obstruction to proper operation.
Page 907 POWER DOORS - SLIDING INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - EXCESSIVE HALL EFFECT SIGNAL — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Sliding Door Motor connector. Disconnect the Sliding Door Control Module C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the Door Motor Hall Effect Signal circuit between the Sliding Door Motor connector and the PSD Module C2 connector.
Page 908: Incomplete Power Close - Latch Failure
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - LATCH FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - LATCH FAILURE When Monitored: Whenever the power sliding door is operating in the closing direction. Set Condition: The power close operation was not completed due to latch failure. This DTC is set during a power close cycle.
Page 909 POWER DOORS - SLIDING INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - LATCH FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase DTC’s. Turn the ignition off, wait 10 seconds, then turn the ignition on. Operate the power sliding door several times if possible. With the DRBIII , read ACTIVE DTCs.
Page 910 POWER DOORS - SLIDING INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - LATCH FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Sliding Door Control Module C2 connector. Measure the resistance between the Ground circuit (cavity 20) and the Full Open Switch Sense circuit in the Sliding Door Module connector. Open the sliding door completely then partially close it.
Page 911 POWER DOORS - SLIDING INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - LATCH FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Sliding Door Control Module C2 connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Pawl Switch Sense circuit. Open the sliding door completely. Using a screwdriver, close the latch to the first detent while observing the ohmmeter. Release the latch with the handle.
Page 912 POWER DOORS - SLIDING INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - LATCH FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Sliding Door Control Module C2 connector. Disconnect the Sliding Door Latch Sensing Switch connector. Measure the resistance of the both Ground wires between the PSD C2 connector (cavity 20) and the Sliding Door Latch Sensing Switch connector.
Page 913 POWER DOORS - SLIDING INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - LATCH FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Sliding Door Control Module C2 connector. Disconnect the Cinch/Release Motor connector. Measure the resistance of the Cinch/Release Motor Latch Driver circuit between the Sliding Door Control Module C2 connector and the Cinch/Release Motor connector.
Page 914: Incomplete Power Close - Overcurrent
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - OVERCURRENT When Monitored and Set Condition: INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - OVERCURRENT When Monitored: Anytime the Power Sliding Door is operating in the closing direction. Set Condition: The drive motor stall current of over 16 amps has been detected for over 500 ms.
Page 915 POWER DOORS - SLIDING INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - OVERCURRENT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Sliding Door Control Module C1 connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check the Ground circuit. Wiggle the harness and check for an intermittent open condition. Does the test light illuminate brightly? Yes →...
Page 916: Incomplete Power Close - Time Out
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - TIME OUT When Monitored and Set Condition: INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - TIME OUT When Monitored: Anytime the Power Sliding Door is operating in the closing direction. Set Condition: The power close operation was not completed within 20 seconds. This may be caused by very high opening effort.
Page 917: Incomplete Power Close- Voltage Below Minimum Level
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE- VOLTAGE BELOW MINIMUM LEVEL When Monitored and Set Condition: INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE- VOLTAGE BELOW MINIMUM LEVEL When Monitored: Whenever the power sliding door is performing a power close opera- tion. Set Condition: The PSD Module detects that the voltage is below 9.5 volts during the power close operation.
Page 918 POWER DOORS - SLIDING INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE- VOLTAGE BELOW MINIMUM LEVEL — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Test the battery to ensure it is fully charged and in good condition before proceeding. Turn the ignition off. Turn all lights and accessories off. With the DRBIII in Sliding Door Monitor Display...
Page 919: Incomplete Power Open - Full Open Switch Failure
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - FULL OPEN SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - FULL OPEN SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored: Whenever the power sliding door is operating in the opening direction. Set Condition: The Full Open Switch was detected as closed before 200 hall effect pulses were counted since the start of the open operation.
Page 920 POWER DOORS - SLIDING INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - FULL OPEN SWITCH FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs, read the FULL OPEN SWITCH state. Open the Sliding Door to mid position. While monitoring the DRBIII , wiggle the wiring harness from the Power Sliding Door Module to the Full Open Switch on the lower drive unit.
Page 921: Incomplete Power Open - Excessive Hall Effect Signal
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - EXCESSIVE HALL EFFECT SIGNAL When Monitored and Set Condition: INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - EXCESSIVE HALL EFFECT SIGNAL When Monitored: Anytime the power sliding door is in the opening cycle. Set Condition: If during an opening operation the PSD module detects an excessive hall effect signal time period, this code will set.
Page 922 POWER DOORS - SLIDING INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - EXCESSIVE HALL EFFECT SIGNAL — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Examine the door for proper fit and alignment, loose/ hard or torn seals, worn teeth on the track and gear (lower drive unit) or anything that would cause an obstruction to proper operation.
Page 923 POWER DOORS - SLIDING INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - EXCESSIVE HALL EFFECT SIGNAL — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Sliding Door Motor connector. Disconnect the Sliding Door Control Module C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the Door Motor Hall Effect Signal circuit between the Sliding Door Motor connector and the PSD Module C2 connector.
Page 924: Incomplete Power Open - Latch Failure
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - LATCH FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - LATCH FAILURE When Monitored: Whenever the power sliding door is operating in the opening direction. Set Condition: The power open operation was not completed due to latch failure. This DTC is set during a power open cycle.
Page 925 POWER DOORS - SLIDING INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - LATCH FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Examine the door for proper fit and alignment, loose/ hard or torn seals, worn teeth on the rack and gear (lower drive unit) or anything that would cause an obstruction to proper operation.
Page 926 POWER DOORS - SLIDING INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - LATCH FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Sliding Door Control Module C2 connector. Disconnect the Full open Switch Sense wire at the lower drive unit. Measure the resistance between ground and the Full Open Switch Sense circuit. Is the resistance below 1000.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 927 POWER DOORS - SLIDING INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - LATCH FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Sliding Door Control Module C2 connector. Disconnect the Sliding Door Latch Sensing Switch connector (latch assembly). Measure the resistance of the Sliding Door Ajar Switch Sense wire between the PSD C2 connector and the Sliding Door Latch Sensing Switch connector.
Page 928 POWER DOORS - SLIDING INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - LATCH FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Sliding Door Control Module C2 connector. Disconnect the Cinch/Release Motor connector. Measure the resistance of the Cinch/Release Motor Unlatch Driver circuit between the Sliding Door Control Module C2 connector and the Cinch/Release Motor connec- tor.
Page 929: Incomplete Power Open - Overcurrent
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - OVERCURRENT When Monitored and Set Condition: INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - OVERCURRENT When Monitored: Anytime the Power Sliding Door is in a power open operation. Set Condition: The drive motor stall current of over 16 amps has been detected for over 500 ms.
Page 930 POWER DOORS - SLIDING INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - OVERCURRENT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Sliding Door Control Module C1 connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check the Ground circuit. Wiggle the harness and check for an intermittent open condition. Does the test light illuminate brightly? Yes →...
Page 931: Incomplete Power Open - Time Out
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - TIME OUT When Monitored and Set Condition: INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - TIME OUT When Monitored: Anytime the Power Sliding Door is operating in an opening operation. Set Condition: The power open operation was not completed within 20 seconds. This may be caused by very high opening effort.
Page 932: Incomplete Power Open - Voltage Below Minimum Level
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - VOLTAGE BELOW MINIMUM LEVEL When Monitored and Set Condition: INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - VOLTAGE BELOW MINIMUM LEVEL When Monitored: Whenever the power sliding door is performing a power open operation. Set Condition: The PSD Module detects that the voltage is below 9.5 volts during the power open operation.
Page 933 POWER DOORS - SLIDING INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - VOLTAGE BELOW MINIMUM LEVEL — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Test the battery to ensure it is fully charged and in good condition before proceeding. Turn the ignition off. Turn all lights and accessories off. With the DRBIII in Sliding Door Monitor Display...
Page 934: Iod Wake Up Open - Psd
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: IOD WAKE UP OPEN - PSD When Monitored and Set Condition: IOD WAKE UP OPEN - PSD When Monitored: Anytime the Body Control Module is awake. Set Condition: If the BCM does not sense a signal circuit from the Sliding Door Module this code will set.
Page 935 POWER DOORS - SLIDING IOD WAKE UP OPEN - PSD — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Body Control Module C3 connector. Disconnect the appropriate Sliding Door Control Module C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the appropriate Sliding Door Wake Up Signal circuit between the BCM C3 connector and the Sliding Door Control Module C2 connector.
Page 936: Iod Wake Up Psd & Plg Short
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: IOD WAKE UP PSD & PLG SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: IOD WAKE UP PSD & PLG SHORT When Monitored: Anytime the Body Control Module is awake. Set Condition: If the BCM senses an over current signal on any of the Wake Up Signal circuits this code will set.
Page 937 POWER DOORS - SLIDING IOD WAKE UP PSD & PLG SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Body Control Module C3 connector. Disconnect the Left Sliding Door Control Module C2 connector. Measure the voltage between the Left Sliding Door Wake Up Signal circuit and ground.
Page 938: Left B-Pillar Switch Input Open Or Short To Voltage
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: LEFT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLTAGE When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLTAGE When Monitored: Continuously when the BCM is awake. Set Condition: When the BCM senses an input greater than 4.8 volts for over 10 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT LEFT SLIDING DOOR PILLAR SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE...
Page 939 POWER DOORS - SLIDING LEFT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLTAGE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the B-Pillar Switch connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check the Ground circuit in the B-Pillar Switch connector. Does the test light illuminate brightly? Yes →...
Page 940: Left B-Pillar Switch Input Short
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: LEFT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT SHORT When Monitored: Continuously when the BCM is awake. Set Condition: When the BCM senses a B-pillar switch input less than .24 volts for over 10 seconds.
Page 941: Left B-Pillar Switch Input Stuck
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: LEFT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT STUCK When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT STUCK When Monitored: Continuously when the BCM is awake. Set Condition: When the BCM senses an active B-pillar switch input for over 10 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT LEFT B-PILLAR SWITCH SHORTED...
Page 942: Loopback Test Failure
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: LOOPBACK TEST FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: LOOPBACK TEST FAILURE When Monitored: Anytime the Power Sliding Door Module is awake. Set Condition: The Power Sliding Door Module did not receive its own transmitted message on the PCI bus back (loopback) for longer than 1 second. POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE...
Page 943: Loss Of Bcm Messages
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: LOSS OF BCM MESSAGES When Monitored and Set Condition: LOSS OF BCM MESSAGES When Monitored: Whenever the ignition is on. Set Condition: If the PSD Module losses communication with the BCM for over 5 seconds, this code will set.
Page 944: Loss Of Eatx Messages
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: LOSS OF EATX MESSAGES When Monitored and Set Condition: LOSS OF EATX MESSAGES When Monitored: Whenever the ignition is on. Set Condition: If the PSD Module does not receive a PRNDL message for over 5 seconds, this code will set.
Page 945: Loss Of Fcm Messages
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: LOSS OF FCM MESSAGES When Monitored and Set Condition: LOSS OF FCM MESSAGES When Monitored: Whenever the ignition is in the RUN position and the PRNDL is not in PARK position. Set Condition: If the PSD Module does not receive a temperature message from the Front Control Module for over 5 seconds, this code will set.
Page 946: Loss Of Sbec Messages
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: LOSS OF SBEC MESSAGES When Monitored and Set Condition: LOSS OF SBEC MESSAGES When Monitored: Whenever the ignition is in RUN position and the PRNDL is not in PARK position. Set Condition: If the PSD Module does not receive a speed message from the Powertrain Control Module for over 5 seconds, this code will set.
Page 947: Overhead Left Switch Input Stuck
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: OVERHEAD LEFT SWITCH INPUT STUCK When Monitored and Set Condition: OVERHEAD LEFT SWITCH INPUT STUCK When Monitored: Continuously when the BCM is awake. Set Condition: When the BCM senses an active switch input for over 10 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT OVERHEAD LEFT SWITCH SHORTED...
Page 948: Overhead Right Switch Input Stuck
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: OVERHEAD RIGHT SWITCH INPUT STUCK When Monitored and Set Condition: OVERHEAD RIGHT SWITCH INPUT STUCK When Monitored: Continuously when the BCM is awake. Set Condition: When the BCM senses an active switch input for over 10 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT OVERHEAD RIGHT SWITCH SHORTED...
Page 949: Overhead Right/Left Switches Short
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: OVERHEAD RIGHT/LEFT SWITCHES SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: OVERHEAD RIGHT/LEFT SWITCHES SHORT When Monitored: Continuously when the BCM is awake. Set Condition: When the BCM senses less than 1.0 volts on the Sliding Doors Overhead Switch Mux circuit for over 10 seconds.
Page 950: Right B-Pillar Switch Input Open Or Short To Voltage
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: RIGHT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLTAGE When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLTAGE When Monitored: Continuously when the BCM is awake. Set Condition: When the BCM senses an input greater than 4.8 volts for over 10 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT RIGHT SLIDING DOOR PILLAR SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE...
Page 951 POWER DOORS - SLIDING RIGHT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLTAGE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Body Control Module C3 connector. Disconnect the Right B-Pillar Switch connector. Measure the resistance of the Right Sliding Door Pillar Switch Mux circuit between the BCM C3 connector and the Right B-Pillar Switch connector.
Page 952: Right B-Pillar Switch Input Short
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: RIGHT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT SHORT When Monitored: Continuously when the BCM is awake. Set Condition: When the BCM senses a switch input less than .24 volts for over 10 seconds.
Page 953: Right B-Pillar Switch Input Stuck
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: RIGHT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT STUCK When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT STUCK When Monitored: Continuously when the BCM is awake. Set Condition: When the BCM senses an active switch input for over 10 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT RIGHT B-PILLAR SWITCH SHORTED...
Page 954: Power Sliding Door Inoperative
POWER DOORS - SLIDING Symptom: *POWER SLIDING DOOR INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC’S PRESENT MODULE RESPONSE INTERMITTENT PROBLEM SYSTEM TESTS TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII check for response from the Body Computer and the Power Sliding Door Modules Is there response from both modules? Yes →...
Page 955: Power Mirror
POWER MIRROR Symptom: FOLD MIRROR OUTPUT FAILURE (EXPORT ONLY) POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION LEFT POWER MIRROR RIGHT POWER MIRROR LEFT FOLDING MIRROR UNFOLD DRIVER SHORT TO VOLTAGE RIGHT FOLDING MIRROR UNFOLD DRIVER SHORT TO VOLTAGE LEFT FOLDING MIRROR UNFOLD DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND RIGHT FOLDING MIRROR UNFOLD DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST...
Page 956 POWER MIRROR FOLD MIRROR OUTPUT FAILURE (EXPORT ONLY) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Left and Right Power Mirror connectors. Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary. Measure for unwanted voltage on the Left Folding Mirror Unfold Driver circuit in the BCM C2 connector.
Page 957: Passenger Mirror Relay Output Open (Export Only)
POWER MIRROR Symptom: PASSENGER MIRROR RELAY OUTPUT OPEN (EXPORT ONLY) POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 958 POWER MIRROR PASSENGER MIRROR RELAY OUTPUT OPEN (EXPORT ONLY) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Passenger Folding Mirror Relay connector. Disconnect the Body Control Module C4 connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary. Measure the resistance between ground and the Passenger Folding Mirror Relay Control circuit in the relay connector.
Page 959: Passenger Mirror Relay Output Short (Export Only)
POWER MIRROR Symptom: PASSENGER MIRROR RELAY OUTPUT SHORT (EXPORT ONLY) POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase DTC’s. NOTE: Doors must be closed to allow the mirrors to fold with the power folding mirror switch.
Page 960: Unfold Mirror Output Failure (Export Only)
POWER MIRROR Symptom: UNFOLD MIRROR OUTPUT FAILURE (EXPORT ONLY) POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY LEFT POWER MIRROR RIGHT POWER MIRROR DRIVER FOLDING MIRROR FOLD DRIVER SHORT TO VOLTAGE PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY OUTPUT SHORT TO VOLTAGE PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY INPUT SHORT TO VOLTAGE DRIVER FOLDING MIRROR FOLD DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY INPUT SHORT TO GROUND...
Page 961 POWER MIRROR UNFOLD MIRROR OUTPUT FAILURE (EXPORT ONLY) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Left Power Mirror connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary. With the DRBIII , erase DTC’s. Operate the Power Folding Mirror switch. With the DRBIII , read DTCs. Does the same DTC reset? Yes →...
Page 962 POWER MIRROR UNFOLD MIRROR OUTPUT FAILURE (EXPORT ONLY) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Left and Right Power Mirror connectors. Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary. Measure the resistance between ground and the Driver Folding Mirror Fold Driver circuit in the BCM C2 connector.
Page 963: Both Mirrors Do Not Unfold Except With Either Front Door
POWER MIRROR Symptom: *BOTH MIRRORS DO NOT UNFOLD EXCEPT WITH EITHER FRONT DOOR (EXPORT ONLY) POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES POWER FOLDING MIRROR SWITCH FOLDING MIRROR SWITCH SIGNAL SHORT TO GROUND BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , read DTCs. Does the DRBIII display any related DTC’s? Yes →...
Page 964: Both Power Folding Mirrors Do Not Fold (Export Only)
POWER MIRROR Symptom: *BOTH POWER FOLDING MIRRORS DO NOT FOLD (EXPORT ONLY) POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN POWER FOLDING MIRROR SWITCH FOLDING MIRROR SWITCH SIGNAL OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , read DTCs. Does the DRBIII display any related DTC’s? Yes →...
Page 965: Driver Folding Mirror Does Not Fold (Export Only)
POWER MIRROR Symptom: *DRIVER FOLDING MIRROR DOES NOT FOLD (EXPORT ONLY) POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES POWER MIRROR FOLDING MIRROR UNFOLD DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN DRIVER FOLDING MIRROR FOLD DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , read Body Computer DTCs. Does the DRBIII display any related DTC’s? Yes →...
Page 966 POWER MIRROR *DRIVER FOLDING MIRROR DOES NOT FOLD (EXPORT ONLY) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the inoperative Power Mirror connector. Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary. Measure the Driver Folding Mirror Fold Driver circuit from the BCM C2 connector to the mirror harness connector.
Page 967: Passenger Folding Mirror Does Not Fold (Export Only)
POWER MIRROR Symptom: *PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR DOES NOT FOLD (EXPORT ONLY) POSSIBLE CAUSES RELATED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY POWER MIRROR FOLDING MIRROR UNFOLD DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY INPUT CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION...
Page 968 POWER MIRROR *PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR DOES NOT FOLD (EXPORT ONLY) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the inoperative Power Mirror connector. Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary. Measure the appropriate Folding Mirror Unfold Driver circuit from the BCM C2 connector to the power mirror harness connector.
Page 969: Tire Pressure Monitoring
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING Symptom List: LF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR BATTERY LOW LF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE LR TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR BATTERY LOW LR TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE RF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR BATTERY LOW RF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE RR TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR BATTERY LOW RR TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
Page 970 TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING LF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR BATTERY LOW — Continued RF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE When Monitored: Key ON. Set Condition: When the EVIC detects a no transmit condition from the RF Sensor/ Transmitter. RR TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR BATTERY LOW When Monitored: Key ON.
Page 971: Vehicle Theft/Security
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: BCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED (EXPORT ONLY) When Monitored and Set Condition: BCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED (EXPORT ONLY) When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition on. Set Condition: The RKE/Thatcham Alarm Module does not receive any messages from the BCM for at least 5 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION BCM COMMUNICATION FAILURE...
Page 972: Internal Eeprom Write Error (Export Only)
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: INTERNAL EEPROM WRITE ERROR (EXPORT ONLY) When Monitored and Set Condition: INTERNAL EEPROM WRITE ERROR (EXPORT ONLY) When Monitored: During a EEPROM write event. Set Condition: If the EEPROM write time exceeds 16ms. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION RKE/THATCHAM ALARM MODULE - INTERNAL MALFUNCTION TEST ACTION...
Page 973: Internal Transmit Failure (Export Only)
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: INTERNAL TRANSMIT FAILURE (EXPORT ONLY) When Monitored and Set Condition: INTERNAL TRANSMIT FAILURE (EXPORT ONLY) When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition on during a message transmission. Set Condition: After 8 internal attempts to transmit the RKE/Thatcham Alarm Module Bus messages.
Page 974: Internal Ultrasonic Fault (Export Only)
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: INTERNAL ULTRASONIC FAULT (EXPORT ONLY) When Monitored and Set Condition: INTERNAL ULTRASONIC FAULT (EXPORT ONLY) When Monitored: During the initial 6 seconds of an ignition on cycle. Set Condition: After 5 consecutive ignition cycles without detecting any ultrasonic movement.
Page 975 VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY INTERNAL ULTRASONIC FAULT (EXPORT ONLY) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. NOTE: The Intrusion Sensors will only detect movement during initial ignition on. With the DRBIII , select Intrusion Sensor Test. Turn the ignition on then wave arm inside the vehicle to simulate an intrusion. Does the DRBIII show INTRUSION DETECTED when the ignition is initially turned on? Yes →...
Page 976 VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY INTERNAL ULTRASONIC FAULT (EXPORT ONLY) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance of the Sensor Ground circuit at the Rear Intrusion Sensor connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes → Go To 8 →...
Page 977 VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY INTERNAL ULTRASONIC FAULT (EXPORT ONLY) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Gain access to the RKE/Thatcham Alarm Module 16-way connector. While back probing, measure the voltage of the Front Intrusion Sensor Signal circuit at the Thatcham Alarm Module 16-way connector. Turn the ignition on while observing the voltmeter.
Page 978: Loopback Error (Export Only)
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: LOOPBACK ERROR (EXPORT ONLY) When Monitored and Set Condition: LOOPBACK ERROR (EXPORT ONLY) When Monitored: During power up, following detection of any other Bus errors. Set Condition: Internally transmitted message on the PCI Bus is not received correctly. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION RKE/THATCHAM ALARM MODULE - INTERNAL MALFUNCTION...
Page 979: No Valid Messages Received (Export Only)
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: NO VALID MESSAGES RECEIVED (EXPORT ONLY) When Monitored and Set Condition: NO VALID MESSAGES RECEIVED (EXPORT ONLY) When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition on. Set Condition: The RKE/Thatcham Alarm Module does not receive any valid messages on the PCI Bus for a minimum of 5 seconds.
Page 980: Pci Bus Shorted To Battery (Export Only)
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: PCI BUS SHORTED TO BATTERY (EXPORT ONLY) When Monitored and Set Condition: PCI BUS SHORTED TO BATTERY (EXPORT ONLY) When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition on. Set Condition: The RKE/Thatcham Alarm Module has detected a short to battery voltage on the PCI Bus.
Page 981: Pci Bus Shorted To Ground (Export Only)
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: PCI BUS SHORTED TO GROUND (EXPORT ONLY) When Monitored and Set Condition: PCI BUS SHORTED TO GROUND (EXPORT ONLY) When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition on. Set Condition: The RKE/Thatcham Alarm Module has detected a short to ground on the PCI Bus.
Page 982: Pcm Messages Not Received (Export Only)
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: PCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED (EXPORT ONLY) When Monitored and Set Condition: PCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED (EXPORT ONLY) When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition on. Set Condition: The RKE/Thatcham Alarm Module does not receive any messages from the PCM for at least 5 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION PCM COMMUNICATION FAILURE...
Page 983: Alarm Trips On Its Own
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: *ALARM TRIPS ON ITS OWN POSSIBLE CAUSES LAST VTSS CAUSE ATTEMPT TO TRIP ALARM INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs, read the Last VTSS Cause state. Were there any causes displayed? Yes → Check for a possible intermittent condition with the circuit indicated by the DRBIII .
Page 984: Hood Does Not Trip Vtss (Export Only)
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: *HOOD DOES NOT TRIP VTSS (EXPORT ONLY) POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK DRBIII FOR HOOD AJAR SWITCH RESPONSE BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: For the results of this test to be valid, the security system must arm and flash the VTSS indicator properly.
Page 985: Left Front Door Does Not Trip Vtss
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: *LEFT FRONT DOOR DOES NOT TRIP VTSS POSSIBLE CAUSES BODY CONTROL MODULE CHECK DRBIII FOR DRIVER DOOR AJAR RESPONSE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: For the results of this test to be valid, the security system must arm and flash the VTSS indicator properly.
Page 986: Left Sliding Door Does Not Trip Vtss
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: *LEFT SLIDING DOOR DOES NOT TRIP VTSS POSSIBLE CAUSES MONITOR DRBIII FOR LEFT SLIDING DOOR AJAR STATUS BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: For the results of this test to be valid, the security system must arm and flash the VTSS indicator properly.
Page 987: Liftgate Does Not Trip Vtss (Export Only)
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: *LIFTGATE DOES NOT TRIP VTSS (EXPORT ONLY) POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK DRBIII FOR LIFTGATE SW RESPONSE BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: For the results of this test to be valid, the security system must arm and flash the VTSS indicator properly. With the DRBIII , read the LIFTGATE AJAR SW status.
Page 988: Repeater Lamps Inoperative With Alarm (Export Only)
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: *REPEATER LAMPS INOPERATIVE WITH ALARM (EXPORT ONLY) POSSIBLE CAUSES HAZARD SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN REPEATER LAMPS INOPERATIVE HAZARD SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN RKE/THATCHAM ALARM MODULE - INTERNAL MALFUNCTION TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , actuate the Hazard Lamps. Do the Hazard Lamps light while actuating? Yes →...
Page 989: Right Front Door Does Not Trip Vtss
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: *RIGHT FRONT DOOR DOES NOT TRIP VTSS POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK DRBIII FOR PASSENGER DOOR AJAR RESPONSE BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: For the results of this test to be valid, the security system must arm and flash the VTSS indicator properly.
Page 990: Right Sliding Door Does Not Trip Vtss
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: *RIGHT SLIDING DOOR DOES NOT TRIP VTSS POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK DRBIII FOR RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR RESPONSE BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: For the results of this test to be valid, the security system must arm and flash the VTSS indicator properly.
Page 991: Vtss Siren Inop (Export Only)
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: *VTSS SIREN INOP (EXPORT ONLY) POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION SIREN SIGNAL CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN SIREN SIGNAL RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN SIREN SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN VTSS SIREN RKE/THATCHAM ALARM MODULE - INTERNAL MALFUNCTION RKE/THATCHAM ALARM MODULE - INTERNAL MALFUNCTION RKE/THATCHAM ALARM MODULE - INTERNAL MALFUNCTON VTSS SIREN - INTERNAL MALFUNCTION VTSS SIREN - INTERNAL MALFUNCTION...
Page 992 VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY *VTSS SIREN INOP (EXPORT ONLY) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the VTSS Siren connector disconnected. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the Siren Signal Control circuit (cavity 2) in the VTSS Siren connector. Is the voltage approximately 5.0 volts +/- 1.0 volt? Yes →...
Page 993 VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY *VTSS SIREN INOP (EXPORT ONLY) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Thatcham Alarm Module 16-way harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Siren Supply circuit between the Thatcham Alarm Module and the VTSS Siren connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 994: Vtss Will Not Arm
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: *VTSS WILL NOT ARM POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK THE VTSS STATUS CHECK FOR BCM DTCS AND VTSS ARMING INHIBITORS CHECK FOR PCI BUS COMMUNICATION OF INSTRUMENT CLUSTER AND SKIM BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII in BCM, select Miscellaneous Function and check that the Theft Alarm is enabled.
Page 995: Windshield Wiper & Washer
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER Symptom: FR WIPER HI-LO RELAY OPEN POSSIBLE CAUSES FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT COMMON CIRCUIT OPEN WIPER HI/LOW RELAY WIPER ON/OFF RELAY WIPER HI/LOW RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN FCM-ON/OFF RELAY DRIVER OPEN TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove the Wiper On/Off Relay from the PDC.
Page 996 WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER FR WIPER HI-LO RELAY OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove the Wiper Hi/Low Relay from the PDC. Disconnect the FCM from the IPM. Connect a jumper wire between the Wiper Hi/Low Relay Control circuit at the IPM connector to ground.
Page 997: Fr Wiper Hi-Lo Relay Short To Batt
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER Symptom: FR WIPER HI-LO RELAY SHORT TO BATT POSSIBLE CAUSES WIPER HI/LOW RELAY WIPER HI/LOW RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove the Wiper Hi/Low Relay from the PDC. Disconnect the FCM from the IPM.
Page 998: Front Wash Switch Input Stuck
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER Symptom: FRONT WASH SWITCH INPUT STUCK POSSIBLE CAUSES HIGH BEAM/FRONT WASHER SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, select Body, Front Control Module and read the F Washer Switch state.
Page 999 WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER FRONT WASH SWITCH INPUT STUCK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , erase all BCM and FCM DTCs. Turn the ignition off. NOTE: Visually inspect the related wiring harness and circuits. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
Page 1000: Front Washer Output Open
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER Symptom: FRONT WASHER OUTPUT OPEN POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS FRONT WASHER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT FRONT WASHER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE FRONT WASHER PUMP MOTOR FRONT CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...

This manual is also suitable for:

Voyager 2003 Caravan 2003

Chrysler Town and Country 2003 Owner's Manual

1 Introduction

2 Identification of System

3 System Description and Functional Operation

4 Disclaimers, Safety, Warnings

5 Required Tools and Equipment

6 Glossary of Terms

7 Diagnostic Information and Procedures

Airbag

Cabin Heater

Quick Links

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Related Manuals for Chrysler Town and Country 2003

Summary of Contents for Chrysler Town and Country 2003